Re: [Biofuel] Okay, This time I really am going to take down the list, , , , but first, please read

2017-03-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 3/16/2017 08:33, Chip Mefford wrote:

The project of which I speak is FarmOS

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bCOqg5iH6fM

Take a look, give me some feedback, if there is interest,
I'll migrate some or all of this list into a new
community.


Please count me in!

Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] Happy Solstice all, Taking the list down.

2016-12-22 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 12/22/2016 14:42, Chip Mefford wrote:

It has been many years now since Keith passed.

As things stand, Darryl is about the only traffic posted here
and even that is echoing (admittedly interesting) stuff
posted elsewhere.

If anyone is interested, I can and am willing to provide the subscriber's
list if anyone wishes to continue this work.

As things stand, this mailing list is the only mailing list left on
my mailman server that gets any traffic at all, and the spam to post
ratio is about 70:1 (intercepted).

As of 20170101, the list will shut down.

The archives will of course remain in place until such a time as
those responsible for them decide to take some other action.

Please take these few days to make your farewells.



Thank you so much for all your work! To everyone who has been 
involved in the biofuels list, I wish you well.


Goodbye!

 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] The Change in the Change of Seasons

2016-10-25 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 10/25/2016 07:23, Darryl McMahon wrote:
That financialization mentality is why I have long argued for a carbon 
tax with enough bite to be notice.  At least in BC where you are, 
there is a real carbon tax, and even at relatively modest levels, it 
does seem to be having an impact. (overall fossil fuel in BC has been 
falling since the tax was put into effect)


Among conservatives, the carbon tax is seen as a power grab by the 
government.


I had a longish highway drive yesterday to and from an out-of-town 
meeting.  A large work crew with a lot of equipment was laying fresh 
asphalt on the road.  A decade ago, nobody around here would have 
considered paving a heavy use roadway in October.


Agreed. The same thing is happening here. Highway 97 is being 
resurfaced, creating a commuting nightmare between Penticton (where I 
work) and Summerland (where I live). It's astonishing how many cars with 
single drivers (I'm guilty!) line up to leave town at the end of the 
day. Normally, my commute takes 12 minutes. This week, it's been closer 
to 40.


But who resurfaces a road in October?



I'm trying to see if I can push our house to Nov. 1 before activating 
the furnace.  In years past, a few considered me radical for trying to 
get to Oct. 1 before doing that.  In my childhood, the furnace main 
switch was turned on sometime in September.


I grew up in California. Some winters, we didn't turn the furnace 
on until January . . .


Since I've lived here, it's usually October. Since we have a Sun 
Pump supplying our household energy, we just set the thermostat and it 
comes on whenever the house cools down. This fall, it's been 
extraordinarily rainy for this region. I don't remember getting this 
much rain when we lived here 22 years ago. It was a LOT colder and drier 
back then.




Is there any sign of local (BC) awareness of the Nathan E. Stewart 
sinking near Bella Bella, or is anyone connecting that lame response 
with the M/V Marathassa bunker oil dump last year?


Among activists, yes. But for most people, the US election is a 
preoccupation. My friends in Terrace are pretty upset about the impact 
of pipelines and oil tanker traffic on the Skeena River salmon run. 
That's not making the news, though.


  Yesterday's (non-)responses from Coast Guard Commissioner Jody 
Thomas bordered on offensive.  Nobody is talking about the fact that 
the 'world leading' spill response promised by the feds and oil 
industry simply can't get on scene, let alone work effectively, in a 
timely manner during weather conditions which are not unusual in that 
area.


Yes. And they want to put a dilbit terminal at the entrance of the 
aptly christened Hecate Straight . . . The provincial government is 
pushing a big LNG facility south of Kitimat, too!



 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] The Change in the Change of Seasons

2016-10-22 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 10/22/2016 14:59, Darryl McMahon wrote:

I have a few minutes to think and reflect today.

It's 2 weeks after the Canadian Thanksgiving weekend.  I still have a 
lot to do to get ready for winter.  But in my memory, we had to have 
most of this done by the end of Thanksgiving weekend, because hard 
freezes were due, and a soft freeze might have happened.  Even just 5 
years ago.


I hear you. We've built a new home and moved back to Summerland, 
where we lived 22 years ago. Okanagan Lake used to freeze over from 
Penticton to Summerland, but now it barely freezes around the shallow 
edges of its southern shore. I remember seeing ice fog here, yet the 
last two years that I've been back in the area, it's never cold enough. 
We have Mourning Doves living here now. It feels like California . . .


Now that we're over the 400 ppm mark, I suspect that climate 
changes we're seeing now are the beginnings of permanent changes for 
which we are totally unprepared. People are strangely complacent, though 
. . .


When they see the evaporator panels for our Sun Pump on the roof, 
the first question they ask is, "How much did it cost?" I've started 
replying with, "How much is a stable climate worth?"


We're ingrained to see dollar values in everything. However, the 
price of a biosphere that supports us can't be quantified. We're so 
accustomed to "privatizing profits and socializing costs" that people 
like me, who build for efficiency, are seen as eccentric. I shake my 
head at this kind of attitude and quietly worry about the trouble that's 
coming.



 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Home Heating System

2015-09-19 Thread robert and benita rabello
Last time we built a house, I had the radical thought that maybe we 
could heat the building using the sun. My idea involved using flat panel 
or tube connectors to heat a volume of water, and then using a heat pump 
to amplify that water's temperature. This heated water could be 
subsequently circulated through a radiant array in the floor and we'd 
stay warm inside when it was cold outside.


Those of you who live in Europe probably look at an idea of this kind 
with a shrug. After all, systems like this have been used in the cold 
parts of that continent for quite awhile. Here in North America, 
however, the concept is radical. During the last house build, our credit 
union refused to fund any "non conventional" construction, so my heat 
pump idea was out . . .


This time around, things are a little different. The idea still sounds 
novel over here, but now, there are companies who build solar heat pumps 
like this routinely. Last March, I found a company called Sun Pump right 
here in British Columbia. Their system uses flat panel collectors on the 
roof, but instead of circulating water, they circulate refrigerant 
through them and transfer that energy into the domestic hydronic heating 
array. One nice thing about this particular system, is that it can also 
cool the house down during the summer. Our winters are getting milder 
while our summers are getting hotter. From my perspective, having one 
system to handle both heating and cooling makes good sense.


But I've been bumping up against "conventional thinking" with the 
contractors who design HVAC systems. The first person I tried to work 
with kept insisting that the heat pump idea wouldn't work with hydronic 
arrays and pushed hard for an air-to-air heat exchange system. After 
living in a home with warm floors for better than 12 years, we don't 
want hot air blowing around in our new house. The other problem I've 
been facing is that many contractors INSIST that the only way to heat a 
building during the winter involves burning something, preferably 
natural gas.


Now, if I had my way, I'd not burn anything AT ALL, but the local 
municipality won't issue a building permit without a "secondary heat 
source" in the home. This kind of "conventional" thinking perpetuates 
the status quo as far as burning fossil carbon is concerned. Thus, we 
have what amounts to a natural gas mandate encoded within municipal laws 
all across the continent. The laws don't actually SAY that, but with 
bylaws preventing the installation of wood burners in new homes, what 
other options do homeowners have, aside from fuel oil (which is really 
expense), propane (which is neither convenient nor cheap) and natural gas?


With brute determination, I've managed to find someone who was willing 
to design the hydronic array for my new home's heating system. The 
software he used insists that we have a shortfall in the total amount of 
energy required to heat the upper floor, totally ignoring the fact that 
heat rises, and the lower floor (for which our system is "over powered") 
will take the brunt of the heating load. In fact the difference in 
energy load between the two floors is rather significant, since much of 
the lower floor will be under ground, and there are fewer windows below 
than above.


A lot of the trouble we've been facing stems from our need to build in 
town, using conventional credit union financing. There SHOULD be a 
better way to do this, but even taking little steps (like building a 
house that's half the size of the "average" home in BC) meets with 
significant resistance. I feel like I'm straining against the current. 
However, with our heating system approved and construction finally 
underway, at least we're doing SOMETHING to reduce our carbon footprint. 
Additionally, other folk who are more risk averse than I am are watching 
our project carefully to see if the Sun Pump system actually works for us.


Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Building Another House

2015-07-20 Thread robert and benita rabello
Perhaps one of the most environmentally significant decisions a family 
can make involves building a home. We're in the throes of the planning 
process for our next house, and like the last time we did this, I'm 
finding that there's a certain momentum pushing us toward the 
conventional that is exceedingly hard to resist.


The pressure to build a BIG house is the most significant of these. When 
I first approached the draftsman about our project, I mentioned that I 
wanted a home no larger than 1 700 square feet. During the course of our 
discussion, this somehow morphed into 1 700 square feet on the main 
floor, creating all manner of frictions between us and the draftsman . . .


Building BIG, of course, uses far more materials, creates a lot more 
waste, and all of that interior space has to be heated and cooled. As it 
is, 1 700 square feet is far larger than the home I grew up in as a boy, 
but compared to the home projects being constructed in our area, we're 
asking for a very small house.


Odd, isn't it?

13 years ago, during our last construction project (which long-time list 
members may recall), I wanted to collect solar energy in a large water 
tank and use a heat pump to extract it for domestic hot water and home 
heating. The builder and the credit union manager both thought I was 
nuts. That won't work, they said, maths notwithstanding.


The idea was too radical at the time, and we wound up with a natural gas 
fired boiler that, despite being the smallest one available, was still 
too large for our hyper-insulated house. It never stayed on long enough 
to properly heat its chimney, and we wound up with acidified gases in 
the flue that started eating away at the exhaust pipe. We battled this 
problem for as long as we owned that house. I'd not wanted to burn 
anything at all, but external factors forced my hand.


About four years later, however, a builder in our area began 
constructing homes employing the exact idea I'd wanted to use in my 
house. Seeing this made me feel determined to stand firm next time 
around. In our current project, this type of hybrid solar heat pump has 
become commercially available, our builder is quite excited to install 
this technology in our new house, and this time around the credit union 
manager isn't even batting an eyelash at the idea. What a difference 13 
years makes!


Having written this, doing ANYTHING with passive solar, whether heating 
or cooling, is still a radical idea. Just the thought of installing a 
large diameter pipe below the foundation to pre-heat / pre-cool intake 
air for a heat recovery ventilator (a device required by code in BC) has 
the building inspector shaking his head. They're making us jump over all 
manner of hoops to do something ridiculously simple that will save 
heating and cooling energy. Shouldn't they be applauding us for that?


To get a passive sun space, I've had to practically beg the draftsman 
for an extra window above our stair landing. We're now living in a hot 
climate (and it's considerably hotter this year than it has been in the 
past), so we have to be careful with glazing. But it DOES get cold here 
during the winter and if the roof overhangs are intelligently designed, 
we should get the benefit of solar gain during the cold months, and 
extra light throughout the year.


Building in the Okanagan Valley, where we now live, isn't cheap. 
Construction costs start at $150 per square foot and go up from there. 
In an effort to save money, we're shopping around for discounted 
materials. Although we're wealthy enough to build whatever we want, it 
doesn't make sense to mortgage more than what we need. The average house 
in BC stands for about 50 years, and the average homeowner sells her / 
his house every 7 years and moves on. Given that mortgage interest in 
front-loaded, the banks are making a killing in real estate. The 
pressure to pay all that interest is partially what's driving property 
values up.


Here in Canada, there's a growing belief that property values have 
inflated above sustainable levels. The government expected tar sands and 
other resource exports (LNG development is being pushed very hard by the 
provincial government in BC) to create a new prosperity in the 
country. But with the market issues that China is facing, that prospect 
seems unrealistic to people like me. (Besides, the best thing we can do 
with tar sands is leave them in the ground.) What that means for the 
real estate market, is that the optimism that drove up prices since the 
last recession has created a whole class of people whose mortgages are 
likely higher than the true value of their properties. If we experience 
a market correction, a cascade of financial problems will ripple 
through the economy.


So, why should I build a big house under those conditions?

More later . . .

Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:

[Biofuel] Biofuel for Humans

2014-08-26 Thread robert and benita rabello
I've been working in a greenhouse for most of the summer. It's hard, 
back-breaking labor in a hot and humid environment. I've ruined five 
shirts and three pairs of shorts. My shoes are so disgusting I leave 
them outside. Many of the people who work around me struggle to speak 
English, and some of them I can't understand at all. At the end of the 
day I'm often utterly exhausted, too.


But it's THE BEST summer job I've ever had!

The greenhouse where I work grows organic, heirloom tomatoes in soil -- 
the only one of its kind in Canada west of Saskatchewan. Mind you, as 
far as I'm concerned the texture of a tomato is equivalent to that of a 
human lip, and I hate both the flavor and the smell of the fruit. There 
is, however, something different about growing food in soil. Even when I 
have to collect the rotten ones, they don't stink as badly as do the 
ordinary ones I find in the supermarket.


I've made several interesting observations since I began working there.

1) The best way to gain respect from the migrant workers is to work as 
hard as they do. These men and women aren't looking for handouts. They 
sweat and strain to produce the food we eat, often under a hot sun, for 
long hours.  (It's been as warm as 42 degrees in that greenhouse for 
days on end this summer!) Think about that next time you go into a 
grocery store. Every piece of fruit you see has been handled by a long 
line of (mostly dark-skinned) people who labored to get it to you.


2) In general, wealthy white-skinned people like me think this kind of 
work is beneath them. We've had unemployed folk who look like me coming 
to the greenhouse for jobs, but they don't last for more than a day. 
Weeding, pruning plants, cleaning fruit and packing is a mind-numbing 
task for many people. We can't get enough workers for the amount of 
labor that needs to be done. Think about that next time you hear someone 
complaining about immigration.


3) Growing organically IS different from conventional agriculture. 
Aggressive weed management, pruning and pest control are the main ways 
to control losses that are typically done by spraying nasty chemicals in 
conventional agriculture. It's far more labor intensive, and because 
labor isn't subsidized, this food costs more to produce. But it's of 
higher quality, it tastes better, and it's likely much better for you.


4) This summer in the Pacific Northwest has been the hottest on record. 
A local meteorologist commented that the temperature and rainfall 
patterns for this summer are equivalent to what the computer models 
predicted 30 - 50 years from now. The same trend of high pressure over 
western North America and low pressure over the eastern regions of the 
continent that brought frigid temperatures to the eastern seaboard last 
winter have persisted. California is facing a horrendous drought, and 
our rainfall has been far below normal. I suspect we've been too 
conservative in our predictions for the impact of global climate change.


5) No matter WHAT the GMO advocates contend, the problem with 
agriculture is surplus, not scarcity. We're producing so much fruit in 
our greenhouse, nearly 500 kilos is going rotten PER DAY right now. 
There is no market for this abundance of fresh produce. It's very 
discouraging to throw out food when I know that people elsewhere are 
going hungry. There's a dehydrator in the works, but that's a really 
expensive and long-term solution. I spent more than an hour today trying 
to find a charity who had room for our seconds. I dropped off more 
than 100 kilos of fruit to a local group who feeds low income families 
in our town.


Food for thought, for certain!

--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] Ethanol Compatibility

2014-07-29 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 7/29/2014 9:25 AM, Dawie Coetzee wrote:

Another reason to replace one's OBD (should one be so cursed) with a phantom 
system ... -D


I did, using a Megasquirt. Tuning for ethanol would be relatively 
straightforward. Now, if only distilling ethanol was legal in my 
jurisdiction . . .


 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.



-
No virus found in this message.
Checked by AVG - www.avg.com
Version: 2014.0.4716 / Virus Database: 3986/7944 - Release Date: 07/29/14

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] Ethanol Compatibility

2014-07-29 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 7/29/2014 2:55 PM, Thomas Kelly wrote:

   Will a phantom system and/or Megasquirt adjust on the
fly to varying ethanol concentrations? (E0 through E100)
No, I don't believe so. That's where the factory flex fuel system 
really shines.


 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.



-
No virus found in this message.
Checked by AVG - www.avg.com
Version: 2014.0.4716 / Virus Database: 3986/7945 - Release Date: 07/29/14

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Ethanol Compatibility

2014-07-28 Thread robert and benita rabello
I maintain that any OBDII vehicle can run E85. If your check engine 
light comes on, reset it and keep driving. (It's usually an O2 sensor 
that triggers the light.) The onboard computer WILL adapt.  Here's what 
the NREL had to say on the matter:


http://www.scribd.com/doc/117331392/Effects-of-Intermediate-Ethanol-Blends

There are no E85 pumps in British Columbia. The best we can do is E10, 
which is only advertised as available at Husky.


 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.




-
No virus found in this message.
Checked by AVG - www.avg.com
Version: 2014.0.4716 / Virus Database: 3986/7939 - Release Date: 07/28/14
___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] More Ethanol Info

2014-07-28 Thread robert and benita rabello
This pdf verifies my earlier claim. The long-term fuel trim setting (as 
determined by the O2 sensor) will often trigger the check engine 
light. But, that's because the computer is not aware that ethanol is 
being burned and is adjusting the A / F ratio on the fly. It won't harm 
your engine to do this.


http://www.liquidsunenergy.com/learning/ppt/ice.pdf

 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.




-
No virus found in this message.
Checked by AVG - www.avg.com
Version: 2014.0.4716 / Virus Database: 3986/7939 - Release Date: 07/28/14
___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] Truck Shopping Finished

2014-07-27 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 7/27/2014 7:41 PM, Darryl McMahon wrote:


So, anybody got any thoughts on doing the approx. 1/3 fill with E85 
and 2/3 fill with regular (E10) to get approximately E30?


Most automobile parts since the early 1990's have been compatible 
with E85. The tricky part is the engine management system. We bought a 
2004 Explorer Sport Trac to replace the supercharged 1993 Ranger that 
I'd been driving (Alas! The faithful supertruck had no ABS, and one 
rainy day, my beloved couldn't stop in the same distance that a new 
Toyota FJ Cruiser could . . . My Ranger went to the bone yard for a 
pittance. It's a shame!) and the Sport Trac is officially a flex fuel 
vehicle.


The reason I bring up the Ranger is to discuss the adaptability of 
modern fuel injection systems. They're designed to maintain emissions 
standards for the life of the vehicle, and as such, they DO adapt to 
changes in the engine over time. When I first installed the blower on my 
Ranger, I drilled out the mass airflow tube to fool the onboard computer 
into thinking the machine had less air going into it than was the case.  
After about 20 km of bucking, stalling and otherwise being a nuisance, 
it smoothed out and was fine. I eventually swapped the factory computer 
for a speed density Megasquirt, and in so doing, developed great respect 
for the engineers that design these fuel management systems.


 When we first picked up the Sport Trac, fuel economy was 
TERRIBLE!  Even when I had my foot in the Ranger and climbed hills in 
boost (which was fun!), the Ranger never burned as much fuel as the much 
heavier, 4 liter, 4WD Sport Trac. Also, if I downshifted to use engine 
braking on long downhill runs (we live at the top of a hill), it took 
several seconds for the computer to tell the transmission, Oh, this 
idiot human WANTS to go downhill at 3 000 rpm!


After driving the machine for several weeks, the fuel economy began 
improving. It's still not as good as the Ranger -- which was a guzzler, 
compared to our hybrid Camry -- but it's getting better as it adapts to 
the way I drive. And now, when I downshift into second going downhill, 
it downshifts right away.


So, you'll find that the engine management system WILL adapt to 
ethanol. It's not going to be as good as the system in my truck, which 
senses the specific gravity of the fuel and uses a modified set of 
buckets (to maintain optimal A/F ratios) to maximize economy, but it 
WILL learn.


The new machines are a little spooky that way.



The trade-off is reducing annual gasoline consumption by up to 100 
litres (by substituting ethanol) vs. any potential shortening of the 
vehicle life.  (about 240 kg of CO2 as GHG difference)




If only Mr. Harper would let us distill our own fuel. I'm working 
in an organic greenhouse right now, and the amount of fermentable 
material that gets thrown into the garbage is astonishing!



Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Ceremonies and Celebrations video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3k-s_sg1Q

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


This communication may be unlawfully collected and stored by the National 
Security Agency (NSA) in secret. The parties to this email do not consent to 
the retrieving or storing of this communication and any related metadata, as 
well as printing, copying, re-transmitting, disseminating, or otherwise using 
it. If you believe you have received this communication in error, please delete 
it immediately.



-
No virus found in this message.
Checked by AVG - www.avg.com
Version: 2014.0.4716 / Virus Database: 3986/7933 - Release Date: 07/27/14

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] Back in the garden

2014-06-12 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 6/2/2014 11:14 AM, Darryl McMahon wrote:
I broke up some sod in the past few days to re-start home gardening. 
For reasons too tedious and mundane to go into, most of my garden grew 
over in the past 3 years.


First of all, thank you for continuing to contribute to the list. 
I'm grateful that you take the time to do so, and I wish I had more time 
to personally contribute.


Some lessons learned.  I really like my antique electric tractor and 
rototiller for breaking sod.  I learned this years ago, and it is one 
of a few reasons I keep the electric garden tractor here in the urban 
small yard.  Years ago, I had a hand-held cultivator which was also 
powered from the tractor, but with time it failed, and proved 
irreparable.  Two years ago, I stumbled upon an identical unit, and 
purchased it without hesitation.  I got to use this in the past week, 
and it will make weeding much easier.


I do all of my weeding by hand. A few years ago, I bought an 
electric shredder, but I go through so much material -- some of which is 
really tough -- that it's just not adequate for the job. I still rely on 
my gas powered hammer mill shredder, which is old, rickety and not easy 
to use.  If I could get a permit for distilling ethanol, I'd brew my own 
fuel for the machine. Here in Canada, however, home brewing of ethanol 
isn't even contemplated in the law . . .  I had to replace my Ford 
Ranger after an accident last autumn, and we now own a flex fuel 
SportTrac, which will likely never see a drop of ethanol because it's 
simply not available around here.




Decades ago, I frequently got the job of sod busting with spades, 
forks and walk-behind gas rototillers.  It was hard work no matter how 
I went at it.  The tractor is luxury and pleasure by comparison.  No 
fumes, no burns from exposed exhaust parts, and the ability to turn a 
usable amount of grass area into garden space in a reasonable amount 
of time.


It must be a powerful machine. My electric shredder has been a 
disappointment.




My garden will be smaller this year.  Because it is just for me. I 
still have others living in the house.  However, as they are not 
willing to prepare the soil, plant the seed, weed, water and tend the 
plot or pick the crop, I have decided to focus on what I want from the 
garden. Tomatoes, radish, peas, currants, raspberries, spinach, leaf 
lettuce, herbs.


Good for you!  We've got our garden in already, but like you, it's 
less ambitious than it was in previous years. I suspect I could 
cultivate more intensely in less area and wind up with just as much 
produce. Yet we still wind up giving away the majority of the food we 
grow to family and friends. There's just too much for us to eat.




Local tree growth has changed a couple of past sunny spots into much 
shadier locations.  As the trees are not planted on my property, my 
ability to control this is limited to trimming the limbs that cross 
the property line.  A maple I rescued some 20 years ago is now a 
densely-leafed neighbourhood treasure, complete with park bench 
beneath.  On a hot afternoon, it can be about five degrees C cooler 
beneath the tree than out in the sun beside it. The same maple seems 
to have led to the demise of my large raspberry beds - providing too 
much shade for their survival.


We're having a similar problem with the main part of our garden. 
The best soil on my property is currently shaded by a cedar border hedge 
that has grown so tall over the years, it blocks direct sunlight for the 
entire morning. A couple of years ago, this part of the garden stayed so 
wet that my maize plants had purple stems. I've not really had a 
bountiful maize crop for at least three years.




One benefit of a couple of years of neglect; I have fair patches of a 
couple of wildflowers which have taken up residence.  So, I think they 
will get relocated around the property where some colour is needed and 
the lighting conditions seem similar.


We have California Poppies growing along the edge of our garden. I 
like the golden color, and they don't need care.




For Father's Day, I should be receiving a VegTrug planter. 
http://www.vegtrug.com/range/medium/medium-18m-vegtrug/


This will be my first go at raised bed planting, and I expect to try 
my hand at square foot gardening at the same time.


With a couple of years of neglect, the leaf mold and compost piles 
should have produced their own rich harvest to fill the VegTrug.


Nice!  A few years ago, my father-in-law built me a proper compost 
bin. I get some really terrific compost now -- not the smelly, 
worm-ridden muck that my old, plastic composter used to produce. The 
only thing I don't like about my compost situation is the need to use 
the gas powered hammer mill.




I will effect some repairs on a small greenhouse, and I hope to use it 
in the fall to extend the growing season by a month or so. The season 
is starting late as winter overstayed its welcome 

[Biofuel] And Then There Was One, Imperial Gigantism and the Decline of Planet Earth

2013-05-09 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34863.htm

And Then There Was One
Imperial Gigantism and the Decline of Planet Earth

By Tom Engelhardt

May 08, 2013 Information Clearing House - It stretched from the 
Caspian to the Baltic Sea, from the middle of Europe to the Kurile 
Islands in the Pacific, from Siberia to Central Asia.  Its nuclear 
arsenal held 45,000 warheads, and its military had five million troops 
under arms.  There had been nothing like it in Eurasia since the Mongols 
conquered China, took parts of Central Asia and the Iranian plateau, and 
rode into the Middle East, looting Baghdad.  Yet when the Soviet Union 
collapsed in December 1991, by far the poorer, weaker imperial power 
disappeared.


And then there was one.  There had never been such a moment: a single 
nation astride the globe without a competitor in sight. There wasn't 
even a name for such a state (or state of mind). Superpower had 
already been used when there were two of them. Hyperpower was tried 
briefly but didn't stick.  Sole superpower stood in for a while but 
didn't satisfy.  Great Power, once the zenith of appellations, was by 
then a lesser phrase, left over from the centuries when various European 
nations and Japan were expanding their empires.  Some started speaking 
about a unipolar world in which all roads led... well, to Washington.


To this day, we've never quite taken in that moment when Soviet imperial 
rot unexpectedly -- above all, to Washington -- became imperial 
crash-and-burn.  Left standing, the Cold War's victor seemed, then, like 
an empire of everything under the sun.  It was as if humanity had always 
been traveling toward this spot.  It seemed like the end of the line.


The Last Empire?

After the rise and fall of the Assyrians and the Romans, the Persians, 
the Chinese, the Mongols, the Spanish, the Portuguese, the Dutch, the 
French, the English, the Germans, and the Japanese, some process seemed 
over.  The United States was dominant in a previously unimaginable way 
-- except in Hollywood films where villains cackled about their evil 
plans to dominate the world.


As a start, the U.S. was an empire of global capital.  With the fall of 
Soviet-style communism (and the transformation of a communist regime in 
China into a crew of authoritarian capitalist roaders), there was no 
other model for how to do anything, economically speaking.  There was 
Washington's way -- and that of the International Monetary Fund and the 
World Bank (both controlled by Washington) -- or there was the highway, 
and the Soviet Union had already made it all too clear where that led: 
to obsolescence and ruin.


In addition, the U.S. had unprecedented military power.  By the time the 
Soviet Union began to totter, America's leaders had for nearly a decade 
been consciously using the arms race to spend its opponent into an 
early grave.  And here was the curious thing after centuries of arms 
races: when there was no one left to race, the U.S. continued an arms 
race of one.


In the years that followed, it would outpace all other countries or 
combinations of countries in military spending by staggering amounts.  
It housed the world's most powerful weapons makers, was technologically 
light years ahead of any other state, and was continuing to develop 
future weaponry for 2020, 2040, 2060, even as it established a near 
monopoly on the global arms trade (and so, control over who would be 
well-armed and who wouldn't).


It had an empire of bases abroad, more than 1,000 of them spanning the 
globe, also an unprecedented phenomenon.  And it was culturally 
dominant, again in a way that made comparisons with other moments 
ludicrous.  Like American weapons makers producing things that went boom 
in the night for an international audience, Hollywood's action and 
fantasy films took the world by storm. From those movies to the golden 
arches, the swoosh, and the personal computer, there was no other 
culture that could come close to claiming such a global cachet.


The key non-U.S. economic powerhouses of the moment -- Europe and Japan 
-- maintained militaries dependent on Washington, had U.S. bases 
littering their territories, and continued to nestle under Washington's 
nuclear umbrella.  No wonder that, in the U.S., the post-Soviet moment 
was soon proclaimed the end of history, and the victory of liberal 
democracy or freedom was celebrated as if there really were no 
tomorrow, except more of what today had to offer.


No wonder that, in the new century, neocons and supporting pundits would 
begin to claim that the British and Roman empires had been second-raters 
by comparison.  No wonder that key figures in and around the George W. 
Bush administration dreamed of establishing a Pax Americana in the 
Greater Middle East and possibly over the globe itself (as well as a Pax 
Republicana at home).  They imagined that they might actually prevent 
another competitor or bloc of competitors from arising to 

[Biofuel] 20 Signs That The Next Great Economic Depression Has Already Started In Europe

2013-05-04 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34825.htm

20 Signs That The Next Great Economic Depression Has Already Started In 
Europe


By Michael Snyder

May 05, 2013 Information Clearing House -Economic Collapse Blog - 
The next Great Depression is already happening - it just hasn't reached 
the United States yet.  Things in Europe just continue to get worse and 
worse, and yet most people in the United States still don't get it.  All 
the time I have people ask me when the economic collapse is going to 
happen.  Well, for ages I have been warning that the next major wave of 
the ongoing economic collapse would begin in Europe, and that is exactly 
what is happening.  In fact, both Greece and Spain already have levels 
of unemployment that are greater than anything the U.S. experienced 
during the Great Depression of the 1930s.  Pay close attention to what 
is happening over there, because it is coming here too.  You see, the 
truth is that Europe is a lot like the United States.  We are both 
drowning in unprecedented levels of debt, and we both have overleveraged 
banking systems that resemble a house of cards.  The reason why the U.S. 
does not look like Europe yet is because we have thrown all caution to 
the wind.  The Federal Reserve is printing money as if there is no 
tomorrow and the U.S. government is savagely destroying the future that 
our children and our grandchildren were supposed to have by stealing 
more than 100 million dollars from them every single hour of every 
single day. We have gone all in on kicking the can down the road even 
though it means destroying the future of America.  But the alternative 
scares the living daylights out of our politicians.  When nations such 
as Greece, Spain, Portugal and Italy tried to slow down the rate at 
which their debts were rising, the results were absolutely devastating.  
A full-blown economic depression is raging across southern Europe and it 
is rapidly spreading into northern Europe. Eventually it will spread to 
the rest of the globe as well.


The following are 20 signs that the next Great Depression has already 
started in Europe...


#1 The unemployment rate in France has surged to 10.6 percent, and the 
number of jobless claims in that country recently set a new all-time record.


#2 Unemployment in the eurozone as a whole is sitting at an all-time 
record of 12 percent.


#3 Two years ago, Portugal's unemployment rate was about 12 percent.  
Today, it is about 17 percent.


#4 The unemployment rate in Spain has set a new all-time record of 27 
percent.  Even during the Great Depression of the 1930s the United 
States never had unemployment that high.


#5 The unemployment rate among those under the age of 25 in Spain is an 
astounding 57.2 percent.


#6 The unemployment rate in Greece has set a new all-time record of 27.2 
percent.  Even during the Great Depression of the 1930s the United 
States never had unemployment that high.


#7 The unemployment rate among those under the age of 25 in Greece is a 
whopping 59.3 percent.


#8 French car sales in March were 16 percent lower than they were one 
year earlier.


#9 German car sales in March were 17 percent lower than they were one 
year earlier.


#10 In the Netherlands, consumer debt is now up to about 250 percent of 
available income.


#11 Industrial production in Italy has fallen by an astounding 25 
percent over the past five years.


#12 The number of Spanish firms filing for bankruptcy is 45 percent 
higher than it was a year ago.


#13 Since 2007, the value of non-performing loans in Europe has 
increased by 150 percent.


#14 Bank withdrawals in Cyprus during the month of March were double 
what they were in February even though the banks were closed for half 
the month.


#15 Due to an absolutely crippling housing crash, there are 
approximately 3 million vacant homes in Spain today.


#16 Things have gotten so bad in Spain that entire apartment buildings 
are being overwhelmed by squatters...


A 285-unit apartment complex in Parla, less than half an hour's 
drive from Madrid, should be an ideal target for investors seeking cheap 
property in Spain. Unfortunately, two thirds of the building generates 
zero revenue because it's overrun by squatters.


This is happening all over the country, said Jose Maria Fraile, 
the town's mayor, who estimates only 100 apartments in the block built 
for the council have rental contracts, and not all of those tenants are 
paying either. People lost their jobs, they can't pay mortgages or rent 
so they lost their homes and this has produced a tide of squatters.


#17 As I wrote about the other day, child hunger has become so rampant 
in Greece that teachers are reporting that hungry children are begging 
their classmates for food.


#18 The debt to GDP ratio in Italy is now up to 136 percent.

#19 25 percent of all banking assets in the UK are in banks that are 
leveraged at least 40 to 1.


#20 German banking giant 

[Biofuel] US, Israel and Saudi Arabia Propping Up al-Qaeda in Syria

2013-04-30 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34755.htm


US, Israel and Saudi Arabia Propping Up al-Qaeda in Syria

By Tony Cartalucci

April 28, 2013 Information Clearing House - April 27, 2013 (LD) - In 
an astounding admission, the New York Times confirms that the so-called 
Syrian opposition is entirely run by Al Qaeda and literally states:


 Nowhere in rebel-controlled Syria is there a secular fighting 
force to speak of.


From the beginning, it was clear to geopolitical analysts that the 
conflict in Syria was not pro-democracy protesters rising up, but 
rather the fruition of a well-documented conspiracy between the US, 
Israel, and Saudi Arabia to arm and direct sectarian extremists 
affiliated with Al Qaeda against the Syrian government.


This was documented as early as 2007 - a full 4 years before the 2011 
Arab Spring would begin - by Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Seymour 
Hersh in his New Yorker article titled, The Redirection: Is the 
Administration's new policy benefiting our enemies in the war on 
terrorism? which stated specifically (emphasis added):


To undermine Iran, which is predominantly Shiite, the Bush 
Administration has decided, in effect, to reconfigure its priorities in 
the Middle East. In Lebanon, the Administration has coöperated with 
Saudi Arabia's government, which is Sunni, in clandestine operations 
that are intended to weaken Hezbollah, the Shiite organization that is 
backed by Iran. The U.S. has also taken part in clandestine operations 
aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A by-product of these activities has 
been the bolstering of Sunni extremist groups that espouse a militant 
vision of Islam and are hostile to America and sympathetic to Al Qaeda.


For the past two years the US, UK, France, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Jordan, 
and Turkey have sent billions of dollars and thousands of tons of 
weapons into Syria along side known-terrorists from Libya, Chechnya, 
neighboring Lebanon, Jordan, and Iraq. In the Telegraph's article 
titled, US and Europe in 'major airlift of arms to Syrian rebels 
through Zagreb', it is reported:


It claimed 3,000 tons of weapons dating back to the former 
Yugoslavia have been sent in 75 planeloads from Zagreb airport to the 
rebels, largely via Jordan since November


The story confirmed the origins of ex-Yugoslav weapons seen in 
growing numbers in rebel hands in online videos, as described last month 
by The Daily Telegraph and other newspapers, but suggests far bigger 
quantities than previously suspected.


The shipments were allegedly paid for by Saudi Arabia at the 
bidding of the United States, with assistance on supplying the weapons 
organised through Turkey and Jordan, Syria's neighbours. But the report 
added that as well as from Croatia, weapons came from several other 
European countries including Britain, without specifying if they were 
British-supplied or British-procured arms.


British military advisers however are known to be operating in 
countries bordering Syria alongside French and Americans, offering 
training to rebel leaders and former Syrian army officers. The Americans 
are also believed to be providing training on securing chemical weapons 
sites inside Syria.


Additionally, The New York Times in its article, Arms Airlift to Syria 
Rebels Expands, With C.I.A. Aid, admits that:


With help from the C.I.A., Arab governments and Turkey have sharply 
increased their military aid to Syria's opposition fighters in recent 
months, expanding a secret airlift of arms and equipment for the 
uprising against President Bashar al-Assad, according to air traffic 
data, interviews with officials in several countries and the accounts of 
rebel commanders.


The airlift, which began on a small scale in early 2012 and 
continued intermittently through last fall, expanded into a steady and 
much heavier flow late last year, the data shows. It has grown to 
include more than 160 military cargo flights by Jordanian, Saudi and 
Qatari military-style cargo planes landing at Esenboga Airport near 
Ankara, and, to a lesser degree, at other Turkish and Jordanian airports.


 And more recently the US State Department had announced hundreds of 
millions of dollars more in aid, equipment and even armored vehicles to 
militants operating in Syria, along with demands of its allies to 
match the funding to reach a goal of over a billion dollars. The NYT 
would report in their article, Kerry Says U.S. Will Double Aid to 
Rebels in Syria, that:



With the pledge of fresh aid, the total amount of nonlethal 
assistance from the United States to the coalition and civic groups 
inside the country is $250 million. During the meeting here, Mr. Kerry 
urged other nations to step up their assistance, with the objective of 
providing $1 billion in international aid.


And as this astronomical torrent of cash, weapons, and equipment was 
overtly sent by the West into Syria, the US State Department since the 

[Biofuel] George Bush's Library

2013-04-30 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34760.htm

George Bush's Library

By Matt Carr

April 28, 2013 Information Clearing House -  One of the great things 
about being an American president is the complete immunity that comes 
with the job. No matter what you do or what laws you might break,  you 
will never pay more than a mild political price for it.


OK, your ratings might drop, people may say nasty things about you in 
the press, you might even lose an election; but in the end your crimes 
and follies will be forgotten or airbrushed out of history with the 
effortless ease that would make any 'totalitarian' leader green with 
envy -- and all the more so because there is no need to use force, 
coercion or fear to obtain these results.


Today not many Americans really care too much that Richard Nixon once 
ordered the illegal bombing of Cambodia and also blasted North Vietnam 
and Hanoi just because he wanted to prove to the North Vietnamese that 
he was a crazy guy who was capable of anything.


By the time Ronald Reagan died in 2004, hardly any Americans remembered 
that his administration had overseen one of the sleaziest foreign policy 
operations in US history.  Selling cocaine to fund the Contras and 
heroin for the Afghan 'Muj',  weapons-for-hostages, equipping both sides 
in the Iran-Iraq war, bypassing Congressional scrutiny, running secret 
slush funds through BCCI, funding the death squad regimes in Central 
America -- hell, what exactly is your problem?   This is the president 
we're talking about.


Sometimes this process of rehabilitation can happen sooner than you 
think.   Take George W. Bush.  Just four years ago he left office with 
the lowest approval ratings in American history.  He left a country in 
financial freefall, with a level of wealth inequality without parallel 
in US history, whose crumbling infrastructure and institutional 
incompetence was epitomized by Hurricane Katrina.


Abroad the reputation of the United States had been dragged through the 
dirt by the disastrous response of his administration to the 9/11 
attacks, that included  Abu Ghraib, Guantanamo, the rendition of 
suspected 'enemy combatants' to countries like Syria and Egypt to be 
tortured,  two major wars that had achieved nothing substantial except 
to leave hundreds of thousands of people dead -- one of which was 
launched on blatantly false premises.


These are not things that you would expect a responsible democratic 
society to want to forget in a hurry -- from the point of self-interest 
if nothing else.  But the good news for Bush is that the forgetting has 
already begun, and everyone is doing their best to see that it continues.


Last week a Washington Post/ABC News poll  found that Bush's approval 
ratings had risen from 33 percent positive and 66 percent negative in 
2009 to corresponding figures of 47 percent  approval and 50 percent 
disapproval today -- almost on a par with Obama.


So absence clearly does make the heart grow fonder, and whatever his 
abilities as an artist, it was probably a good move on Bush's part to 
spend the last few years away from the limelight mountain-biking, 
golfing and painting dogs.   But an even better idea was to open a 
presidential library.


Nixon, Reagan, Clinton, George Bush Senior -- all of them had 
presidential libraries established in their lifetime, in an attempt to 
shape the way they want their reputations to be remembered, and last 
week Bush  continued this illustrious tradition, with the opening of The 
George W. Bush Presidential  Library and Museum  on the campus of 
Southern Methodist University in Dallas.


At an opening ceremony attended by 10,000 guests and all five living 
presidents, Bush told his audience how 'When our freedom came under 
attack we made the tough decision required to keep our people safe' and 
promised that his library's presidential center would be 'devoted to 
promoting freedom abroad.'


The library includes a steel beam from the World Trade Center, and an 
interactive exhibit called Decision Points Theater, where visitors can ' 
decide what actions they would have taken on issues like Iraq, Hurricane 
Katrina and the financial crisis.'


By coincidence, the opening of the library coincided with the tenth 
anniversary of an event that tells us a great deal more about the 
priorities of the Bush administration than visitors are likely to 
discover through interactive exhibits.On 14 April 2003,  Iraq's 
national library and archives were mostly destroyed in a fire caused by 
the widespread looting that took place in the aftermath of the 
Anglo-American invasion.


The fire destroyed priceless documents and manuscripts dating back to 
the sixteenth century.Others were looted.The burning of the 
library followed the burning of a nearby library of Korans at the 
National Endowment Museum, and the systematic looting of the Baghdad 
Museum of Archeology in which artefacts and manuscripts, some of 

[Biofuel] The Terror of Capitalism

2013-04-30 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34756.htm



Made in Bangladesh
The Terror of Capitalism

By Vijay Prashad

April 28, 2013 Information Clearing House -Counterpunch - Delhi. - 
On Wednesday, April 24, a day after Bangladeshi authorities asked the 
owners to evacuate their garment factory that employed almost three 
thousand workers, the building collapsed. The building, Rana Plaza, 
located in the Dhaka suburb of Savar, produced garments for the 
commodity chain that stretches from the cotton fields of South Asia 
through Bangladesh's machines and workers to the retail houses in the 
Atlantic world. Famous name brands were stitched here, as are clothes 
that hang on the satanic shelves of Wal-Mart. Rescue workers were able 
to save two thousand people as of this writing, with confirmation that 
over three hundred are dead. The numbers for the latter are fated to 
rise. It is well worth mentioning that the death toll in the Triangle 
Shirtwaist Factory fire in New York City of 1911 was one hundred and 
forty six. The death toll here is already twice that. This accident 
comes five months (November 24, 2012) after the Tazreen garment factory 
fire that killed at least one hundred and twelve workers.


The list of accidents is long and painful. In April 2005, a garment 
factory in Savar collapsed, killing seventy-five workers. In February 
2006, another factory collapsed in Dhaka, killing eighteen. In June 
2010, a building collapsed in Dhaka, killing twenty-five. These are the 
factories of twenty-first century globalization -- poorly built 
shelters for a production process geared toward long working days, third 
rate machines, and workers whose own lives are submitted to the 
imperatives of just-in-time production. Writing about the factory regime 
in England during the nineteenth century, Karl Marx noted, But in its 
blind unrestrainable passion, its wear-wolf hunger for surplus labour, 
capital oversteps not only the moral, but even the merely physical 
maximum bounds of the working-day. It usurps the time for growth, 
development and healthy maintenance of the body. It steals the time 
required for the consumption of fresh air and sunlight All that 
concerns it is simply and solely the maximum of labour-power that can be 
rendered fluent in a working-day. It attains this end by shortening the 
extent of the labourer's life, as a greedy farmer snatches increased 
produce from the soil by reducing it of its fertility (Capital, Chapter 
10).


Dhaka

In the rubble of Rana Plaza. Photo by Taslima Akhter.

These Bangladesh factories are a part of the landscape of globalization 
that is mimicked in the factories along the US-Mexico border, in Haiti, 
in Sri Lanka, and in other places that opened their doors to the garment 
industry's savvy use of the new manufacturing and trade order of the 
1990s. Subdued countries that had neither the patriotic will to fight 
for their citizens nor any concern for the long-term debilitation of 
their social order rushed to welcome garment production. The big garment 
producers no longer wanted to invest in factories -- they turned to 
sub-contractors, offering them very narrow margins for profit and 
thereby forcing them to run their factories like prison-houses of 
labour. The sub-contracting regime allowed these firms to deny any 
culpability for what was done by the actual owners of these small 
factories, allowing them to enjoy the benefits of the cheap products 
without having their consciences stained with the sweat and blood of the 
workers. It also allowed the consumers in the Atlantic world to buy vast 
amount of commodities, often with debt-financed consumption, without 
concern for the methods of production. An occasionally outburst of 
liberal sentiment turned against this or that company, but there was no 
overall appreciation of the way the Wal-Mart type of commodity chain 
made normal the sorts of business practices that occasioned this or that 
campaign.


Bangladeshi workers have not been as prone as the consumers in the 
Atlantic world. As recently as June 2012, thousands of workers in the 
Ashulia Industrial Zone, outside Dhaka, protested for higher wages and 
better working conditions. For days on end, these workers closed down 
three hundred factories, blocking the Dhaka-Tangali highway at 
Narasinghapur. The workers earn between 3000 taka ($35) and 5,500 taka 
($70) a month; they wanted a raise of between 1500 taka ($19) and 2000 
taka ($25) per month. The government sent in three thousand policemen to 
secure the scene, and the Prime Minister offered anodyne entreaties that 
she would look into the matter. A three-member committee was set up, but 
nothing substantial came of it.


Aware of the futility of negotiations with a government subordinated to 
the logic of the commodity chain, Dhaka exploded in violence as more and 
more news from the Rana Building emerged. Workers have shut down the 
factory area around Dhaka, blocking 

[Biofuel] Departing French envoy has frank words on Afghanistan

2013-04-30 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.staradvertiser.com/news/19040101_Departing_French_envoy_has_frank_words_on_Afghanistan.html

Departing French envoy has frank words on Afghanistan

By ALISSA J. RUBIN

POSTED: 01:30 a.m. HST, Apr 28, 2013
LAST UPDATED: 03:39 a.m. HST, Apr 28, 2013

KABUL, Afghanistan » It is always hard to gauge what diplomats really 
think unless one of their cables ends up on WikiLeaks, but every once in 
a while the barriers fall and a bit of truth slips into public view.


That is especially true in Afghanistan, where diplomats painstakingly 
weigh every word against political goals back home.


The positive spin from the Americans has been running especially hard 
the past few weeks, as congressional committees in Washington focus on 
spending bills and the Obama administration, trying to secure money for 
a few more years here, talks up the country's progress. The same is 
going on at the European Union, where the tone has been sterner than in 
the past but still glosses predictions of Afghanistan's future with 
upbeat words like promise and potential.


Despite that, one of those rare truth-telling moments came at a farewell 
cocktail party last week hosted by the departing French ambassador to 
Kabul: Bernard Bajolet, who is leaving to head France's Direction 
Generale de la Securite Exterieure, its foreign intelligence service.


After the white-coated staff passed the third round of hors d'oeuvres, 
Bajolet took the lectern and laid out a picture of how France --- a 
country plagued by a slow economy, waning public support for the Afghan 
endeavor and demands from other foreign conflicts, including Syria and 
North Africa --- looked at Afghanistan.


While it is certainly easier for France to be a critic from the 
sidelines than countries whose troops are still fighting in Afghanistan, 
the country can claim to have done its part. It lost more troops than 
all but three other countries before withdrawing its last combat forces 
in the fall.


The room, filled with diplomats, some senior soldiers and a number of 
Afghan dignitaries, went deadly quiet. When Bajolet finished, there was 
restrained applause --- and sober expressions. One diplomat raised his 
eyebrows and nodded slightly; another said, No holding back there.


So what did he say?

That the Afghan project is on thin ice and that, collectively, the West 
was responsible for a chunk of what went wrong, though much of the rest 
the Afghans were responsible for. That the West had done a good job of 
fighting terrorism but that most of that was done on Pakistani soil, not 
on the Afghan side of the border. And that without fundamental changes 
in how Afghanistan did business, the Afghan government, and by extension 
the West's investment in it, would come to little.


His tone was neither shrill nor reproachful. It was matter-of-fact.

I still cannot understand how we, the international community, and the 
Afghan government have managed to arrive at a situation in which 
everything is coming together in 2014 --- elections, new president, 
economic transition, military transition and all this --- whereas the 
negotiations for the peace process have not really started, Bajolet 
said in his opening comments.


He was echoing a point shared privately by other diplomats, that 2014 
was likely to be a perfect storm of political and military upheaval 
coinciding with the formal close of the NATO combat mission in Afghanistan.


As for the success of the fight on the ground, which U.S. leaders 
routinely describe now as being Afghan-led, Bajolet sounded dubious. 
We do not have enough distance to make an objective assessment, he 
said, but in any case, I think it crucial that the Afghan highest 
leadership take more visible and obvious ownership for their army.


His tone --- the sober, troubled observations of a diplomat closing a 
chapter --- could hardly have been more different from that taken by the 
new shift of U.S. officials charged with making it work in Afghanistan: 
in particular, with that of Gen. Joseph F. Dunford Jr., the new U.S. 
commanding general here. This week Dunford sent out a news release 
cheering on Afghanistan's progress, noting some positive-leaning 
statistics and praising the Afghan army's abilities.


Very soon, the ANSF will be responsible for security nationwide 
Dunford said, referring to the Afghan National Security Forces. They 
are steadily gaining in confidence, competence and commitment.


At his farewell party, Bajolet wound up his realpolitik with a brisk 
analysis of what Afghanistan's government needed to do: cut corruption, 
which discourages investment, deal with drugs and become fiscally 
self-reliant. It must increase its revenues instead of letting 
politicians divert them, he said.


Several diplomats in the room could be seen nodding as he said that 
drugs caused more casualties than terrorism in Russia, Europe and the 
Balkans and that Western governments would be hard-put to make the case 
for 

[Biofuel] MoD admits for first time that Britain helped pilot the aircraft from American bases

2013-04-30 Thread robert and benita rabello
http://is.gd/oChygG 
http://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?e=001Uub2aVN7qj9buhB983Xbtz9Iph4ZH2rGik1QSPu8dsT_3DA3tDR7r8LxWLSeRq1jyYn4uMrGKNaKwmDxP1s9yCio-WMXq8s3Tm-SjkoZRn8=


Ministry of Defence has admitted for the first time British helped 
fly drones

Drones were operated remotely from bases thousands of miles away
RAF were involved in as many as three missions a week from 2004
Tory MP said news raised 'serious questions' about British role in 
Iraq war


By Robert Verkaik

PUBLISHED: 22:41 GMT, 27 April 2013 | UPDATED: 23:14 GMT, 27 April 2013


RAF pilots took part in America's notorious drone programme in Iraq in 
which hundreds of civilians died, The Mail on Sunday has learned.


Heavily armed drones -- using deadly missiles to destroy targets -- were 
flying as many as three  missions a week from 2004.


They were operated remotely by pilots, often from bases thousands of 
miles away.


It had been thought the operations in Iraq, which have been condemned by 
human rights groups as war crimes, were run solely by the US Air Force. 
Now the Ministry of Defence has admitted for the first time that British 
personnel were helping to fly the drones from bases in the United States.


In a statement to Parliament, Armed Forces Minister Andrew Robathan was 
forced to correct a previous account in which he said the RAF flew US 
drones only in Afghanistan and Libya.


He said: 'The answer should have said that UK personnel embedded with 
the US Air Force have only flown US RPAS [Remotely Piloted Aircraft 
Systems] in support of operations in Afghanistan, Libya and Iraq.'


The MoD conceded that these embedded missions ran from 2004 to 2009, but 
a spokesman was unable to provide further details. One intelligence 
source said British pilots would have worked on drone operations in 
Basra, using Hellfire missiles to target insurgents fighting UK forces.


US drone operations follow looser rules of engagement than those 
authorised by the UK. US drones abide by the controversial doctrine of 
'pre-emptive self-defence' -- for targeted killings over countries such 
as Pakistan and Yemen. However, the MoD said British pilots followed UK 
combat rules, even when embedded with US forces.


Reacting to the news, Tory MP Rehman Chishti said: 'This raises serious 
questions about our involvement with America's drone programme and our 
role during the insurgency. The Government must lift the veil of secrecy 
on their use of drones.'


The MoD also admitted that Reaper drones have been operated remotely 
from Britain for the first time. The Reapers had flown missions in 
Afghanistan controlled from RAF Waddington in Lincolnshire, where 
campaign groups yesterday staged a protest against the news.


The drones are all based in Afghanistan and can carry 500lb bombs and 
Hellfire missiles. They are launched from Kandahar air base.


--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Russian envoy warns on Syria chemical arms 'pretext'

2013-04-30 Thread robert and benita rabello
http://is.gd/Ne8DHp 
http://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?e=001Uub2aVN7qj9tH6Zeq131C_OqbnIMD5vgAurVvHZ4wxc4ArchfJK094d6t6vNs0fgfRrAVzTabc1XXBowWUr4D1dKew6FJmdCCdb4YJ_mW-c=


Russian envoy warns on Syria chemical arms 'pretext'

Russian envoy warns on Syria chemical arms 'pretext'
Saturday, 27 April 2013
Russia's deputy foreign minister Mikhail Bogdanov news of chemical 
weapon use must not be a pretext for an intervention in Syria. (AFP)


Al Arabiya with AFP -

Claims that chemical weapons have been used in Syria should not become a 
pretext for a foreign military intervention in the country, Russia's 
deputy foreign minister Mikhail Bogdanov said on Saturday.


If there is serious evidence of the use of chemical weapons in Syria, 
it should be presented immediately and not concealed, said Bogdanov, 
who is Russian President Vladmir Putin's Middle East envoy, during a 
visit to Beirut.


We must check the information immediately and in conformity with 
international criteria and not use it to achieve other objectives. It 
must not be a pretext for an intervention in Syria, added Bogdanov, 
according to an Arabic translation of his remarks.


We must know the truth and have proof and not rely on information 
reported in the media which is not supported by facts, Bogdanov said in 
Arabic on the Al-Manar television station of Lebanon's Hezbollah 
movement, also allied to Assad.


On Thursday, U.S. officials said for the first time that there was 
evidence the Syrian regime had likely used chemical weapons in small 
quantities, emphasizing that additional investigation was necessary to 
confirm the suspicions.


U.S. President Barack Obama on Friday promised a vigorous 
investigation into the reports and renewed his warning that proof of 
their use would be a game changer.


Obama is awaiting a definitive judgment on whether the Syrian regime 
used chemical weapons against rebel fighters before taking action, AFP 
reported the White House as saying on Friday.


He said the use of chemical weapons by the Syrian regime would 
constitute a red line, though it remains unclear if the American 
administration is willing to intervene militarily in the Syrian conflict.


Russia, one of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad's staunchest allies, is 
firmly opposed to military intervention in Syria.


We have the past experience of another violent intervention in Iraqi 
affairs under the pretext of the presence of nuclear weapons, and it 
turned out in the end that there was nothing, he added.


The experience of the U.S. invasion of Iraq in 2003 looms large over 
claims of chemical weapons use in Syria, with critics claiming the 
allegations are a pretext for international intervention in the conflict.


Bogdanov met Saturday with the head of Hezbollah's parliamentary group, 
Mohammed Raad, a meeting the envoy described as very useful, without 
adding details.


Hezbollah, a long-standing ally of the Assad regime, has dispatched 
fighters to Syria to battle alongside government troops, raising 
tensions inside Lebanon.




--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] How the West Missed a Chance to Make Peace With Iran

2013-04-25 Thread robert and benita rabello
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34723.htm 
http://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?e=001Nir7YPSqESZjI1SI0grOQS0EEnHz6WALrFJTydYkOvuo-kz8hl0LlRRCuww7mW_4_9h08mPFoGiURCp0E8xznKMdB5ZmJsuvOOycyXv3pjiVVVGGXf3phZu3j-BB18tZF4-Jc0kqvwguXMinAi5UzVflcRK2Yvis


How the West Missed a Chance to Make Peace With Iran


Peter Oborne shows how the West turned down a precious opportunity to 
resolve the Iranian nuclear crisis eight years ago, and argues that it 
is western rather than Iranian intransigence that prevents a deal being 
struck today.


By Peter Oborne

April 24, 2013 Information Clearing House -The Telegraph - It was 
the early spring of 2005 and a team of British, French and German 
diplomats were arriving at the magnificent French foreign ministry at 
the Quai d'Orsay on the left bank of the Seine.


But the splendour of the Second Empire building did not match their 
mood. The negotiating team, which included the high-flying John Sawers 
(now Sir John, head of the British Secret Intelligence Service), had 
been fruitlessly searching for a solution to the Iranian nuclear 
stand-off for more than a year.


There seemed to be no solution. The European negotiators, under massive 
pressure from the United States, were adamant that Iran must give up its 
uranium enrichment programme.


For the Iranians these demands seemed an intolerable humiliation for a 
sovereign state, and a classic manifestation of the western imperialism 
that had humiliated their ancient country for centuries.


The meeting had been under way for approximately 20 minutes, with no 
progress, when suddenly the face of the leader of the Iranian 
negotiating team, Javad Zarif, was wreathed in smiles.


We have a proposal to show you, he said. It is an entirely unofficial 
idea. It has not been discussed or approved by our masters in Tehran. 
But perhaps it might be something we can talk about.


After these preliminary words, the Iranians delivered a PowerPoint 
presentation which amazed the European negotiating team. It was the 
basis of a deal and one, moreover, that offered genuine benefits for 
both sides, though both sides would have to make compromises as well.


Briefly, in the gilded 19th-century Parisian salon, a resolution of the 
nuclear stand-off between Iran and the west felt entirely possible.


The Iranians explained that they were not prepared to abandon their 
plans to develop centrifuge enrichment technology on Iranian soil. But 
in return for carrying on with their enrichment programme they proposed 
unprecedented measures to guarantee that they would never divert 
peaceful nuclear technology for military use.


They offered a solemn pledge that Iran would remain bound by the Treaty 
on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT) --- which obliges 
member states to subject their nuclear facilities to external inspection 
--- for as long as it existed.


They said that Iran's religious leaders would repudiate nuclear weapons.

They put on the negotiating table a series of voluntary restrictions on 
the size and output of the enrichment programme.


And they offered inspectors from the International Atomic Energy 
Authority improved oversight of all nuclear activities in Iran.


The European diplomats allowed not a trace of emotion to show on their 
faces. But one official recalls thinking that what we had just heard 
was a most interesting offer. We realised that what we had just heard 
was a valid and coherent proposal that was in full conformity with 
relevant international treaty provisions.


This diplomat adds today that trust was not an issue, because over the 
preceding 18 months we had got to know our Iranian counterparts and had 
acquired confidence in the Iranians' ability to honour their commitments.


When the Iranians had finished their presentation, the Europeans asked 
for a break so that they could discuss the proposal among themselves. 
Once on their own they agreed that there was no way that the Iranian 
offer would be acceptable to their political masters in Europe.


One witness puts the problem like this: There was not the faintest 
chance that President George W Bush's Republican advisers and Israeli 
allies would allow him to look benignly on such a deal. On the contrary, 
if the Europeans were to defy American wishes, they would be letting 
themselves in for a transatlantic row to end all rows.?So when they 
came back to the negotiating table one hour later they were studiously 
non-committal. They spoke highly of the Iranian offer, but asked for 
time so that their governments could consider it.


And when Sir John Sawers took the Iranian offer back to London it was 
very quickly forgotten. According to Foreign Office sources, Tony Blair 
intervened to make sure that it went no further. Later Sir John 
explained to Seyed Hossein Mousavian, spokesman of the Iranian nuclear 
negotiation team, why the offer could not be taken up. Washington would 
never tolerate the operation of even one centrifuge 

[Biofuel] When Israeli Denial of Palestinian Existence Becomes Genocidal

2013-04-25 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34720.htm

When Israeli Denial of Palestinian Existence Becomes Genocidal

By Ilan Pappe

April 24, 2013 Information Clearing House -EI -  In a regal 
interview he gave the Israeli press on the eve of the state's  
Independence Day, Shimon Peres, the current president of Israel, said 
the following:


I remember how it all began. The whole state of Israel is a millimeter 
of the whole Middle East. A statistical error, barren and disappointing 
land, swamps in the north, desert in the south, two lakes, one dead and 
an overrated river. No natural resource apart from malaria. There was 
nothing here. And we now have the best agriculture in the world? This is 
a miracle: a land built by people (Maariv, 14 April 2013).


This fabricated narrative, voiced by Israel's number one citizen and 
spokesman, highlights how much the historical narrative is part of the 
present reality. This presidential impunity sums up the reality on the 
eve of the 65th commemoration of the Nakba, the ethnic cleansing of 
historic Palestine. The disturbing fact of life, 65 years on, is not 
that the figurative head of the so-called Jewish state, and for that 
matter almost everyone in the newly-elected government and parliament, 
subscribe to such views. The worrying and challenging reality is the 
global immunity given to such impunity.


Peres' denial of the native Palestinians and his reselling in 2013 of 
the landless people mythology exposes the cognitive dissonance in which 
he lives: he denies the existence of approximately twelve million people 
living in and near to the country to which they belong. History shows 
that the human consequences are horrific and catastrophic when powerful 
people, heading powerful outfits such as a modern state, denied the 
existence of a people who are very much present.


This denial was there at the beginning of Zionism and led to the ethnic 
cleansing in 1948. And it is there today, which may lead to similar 
disasters in the future --- unless stopped immediately.

Cognitive dissonance

The perpetrators of the 1948 ethnic cleansing were the Zionist settlers 
who came to Palestine, like Polish-born Shimon Peres, before the Second 
World War. They denied the existence of the native people they 
encountered, who lived there for hundreds of years, if not more. The 
Zionists did not possess the power at the time to settle the cognitive 
dissonance they experienced: their conviction that the land was 
people-less despite the presence of so many native people there.


They almost solved the dissonance when they expelled as many 
Palestinians as they could in 1948 --- and were left with only a small 
minority of Palestinians within the Jewish state.


But the Zionist greed for territory and ideological conviction that much 
more of Palestine was needed in order to have a viable Jewish state led 
to constant contemplations and eventually operations to enlarge the state.


With the creation of Greater Israel following the conquest of the West 
Bank and Gaza in 1967, the dissonance returned. The solution however 
could not easily be resolved this time by the force of ethnic cleansing. 
The number of Palestinians was larger, their assertiveness and 
liberation movement were forcefully present on the ground, and even the 
most cynical and traditionally pro-Israel actors on the international 
scene recognized their existence.


The dissonance was resolved in a different way. The land without people 
was any part of the greater Israel the state wished to Judaize in the 
pre-1967 boundaries or annex from the territories occupied in 1967. The 
land with people was in the Gaza Strip and some enclaves in the West 
Bank as well as inside Israel. The land without people is destined to 
expand incrementally in the future, causing the number of people to 
shrink as a direct consequence of this encroachment.

Incremental ethnic cleansing

This incremental ethnic cleansing is hard to notice unless one 
contextualizes it as a historical process. The noble attempt by the more 
conscientious individuals and groups in the West and inside Israel to 
focus on the here and now --- when it comes to Israeli policies --- is 
doomed to be weakened by the contemporary contextualization, not the 
historical one.


Comparing Palestine to other places was always a problem. But with the 
murderous reality in Syria, Iraq and elsewhere, it becomes an even more 
serious challenge. The last closure, the last political arrest, the last 
assault, the last murder of a youth are horrific crimes, but pale in 
comparison to nearby or far-away killing fields and areas of colossal 
atrocities.

Criminal narrative

The comparison is very different when it is viewed historically and it 
is in this context that we should realize the criminality of Peres' 
narrative which is as horrific as the occupation --- and potentially far 
worse. For the president of Israel, a Nobel Peace Prize laureate, 

[Biofuel] Does Boston Bombing = Drone Strike?

2013-04-25 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34718.htm

Does Boston Bombing = Drone Strike?

(Click on the link to view the embedded video)

By Ryan J. Reilly



April 24, 2013 Information Clearing House - WASHINGTON -- A Yemeni man 
named Farea al-Muslimi told a Senate Judiciary Committee hearing on 
Tuesday that a U.S. drone strike on his small town of Wessab tore my 
heart, much as the Boston Marathon bombings upset Americans.


Most of the world has never heard of Wessab. But just six days ago, my 
village was struck by a drone, in an attack that terrified thousands of 
simple, poor farmers, Muslimi said in prepared testimony. The drone 
strike and its impact tore my heart, much as the tragic bombings in 
Boston last week tore your hearts and also mine.


Muslimi testified that he was with an American colleague in the town of 
Abyan last year when the local residents suddenly became worried.


They were moving erratically and frantically pointing toward the sky. 
Based on their past experiences with drone strikes, they told us that 
the thing hovering above us --- out of sight and making a strange 
humming noise --- was an American drone. My heart sank. I was helpless. 
It was the first time that I had earnestly feared for my life, or for an 
American friend's life in Yemen. I was standing there at the mercy of a 
drone. I also couldn't help but think that the operator of this drone 
just might be my American friend with whom I had the warmest and deepest 
friendship in America, Muslimi said.


My mind was racing and my heart was torn, Muslimi continued in his 
statement. I was torn between the great country that I know and love 
and the drone above my head that could not differentiate between me and 
some AQAP militant. It was one of the most divisive and difficult 
feelings I have ever encountered. That feeling, multiplied by the 
highest number mathematicians have, gripped me when my village was 
droned just days ago. It is the worst feeling I have ever had. I was 
devastated for days because I knew that the bombing in my village by the 
United States would empower militants.


--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Every Time a Bomb Goes Off, The Surveillance State Grows Stronger

2013-04-25 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34725.htm

Every Time a Bomb Goes Off, The Surveillance State Grows Stronger

By Jonathan Kay

April 24, 2013 Information Clearing House -National Post -  Last 
week's terrorist attack in Boston was an emotional play in four acts. 
First came grief, then anger, then the morbid excitement of a manhunt. 
The last act was jubilation: When police officers zeroed in on Dzokhar 
Tsarnaev and took him into custody, they were applauded by a huge 
cheering Watertown crowd that had gathered to watch. It was essentially 
an anti-terrorism street party, with the police being celebrated as heroes.


Americans are famously skeptical of the police state: Many Second 
Amendment advocates even cite the possibility of righteous rebellion as 
an argument in support of maintaining private paramilitary weapon 
inventories. But it turns out that all it takes to make this libertarian 
spirit melt away is a pair of murderous idiots with some pressure cookers.


It seems a long time ago, but just last month, Republican Senator Rand 
Paul staged a 13-hour filibuster over the issue of U.S. government usage 
of weaponized drone aircraft over American soil. Even many lefitsts --- 
who typically lampoon Paul as a libertarian extremist --- admitted that 
he was taking a principled stand on an important issue. Yet on Monday 
afternoon, the U.S. military could have flown a fleet of drones over 
Boston, and the city's fearful residents would have stood and saluted. 
Following Monday's news of a major cross-border terrorist plot being 
broken up, I suspect that many Canadians feel the same way about their 
own communities.


This is the effect of terrorism, or indeed of any form of deadly, 
random-seeming violence: In the immediate aftermath, people demand that 
leaders use any means possible to protect the citizenry.


Usually, those leaders are only too happy to oblige. George W. Bush and 
Dick Cheney certainly were: Last Tuesday, the day after the bombings, a 
bipartisan, blue-chip legal-advocacy group called the Constitution 
Project went public with its determination that the United States 
engaged in the practice of torture during the years following 9/11. 
Alas, no one paid much attention to the document, in part because of 
Boston, and in part because --- to America's shame --- the torture issue 
has become almost banal over the last 12 years.


The impulse that seizes politicians in the wake of terrorist attacks 
would be comically ironic if it were not so frightening. For historical 
context, consider that the Boston Marathon is run every year on Patriots 
Day, which honours the men who shaped America's tradition of freedom and 
due process. These include lawyer John Adams, who offered representation 
to such unpopular specimens as the eight British soldiers who shot into 
a crowd of protesters at the Boston Massacre of March 5, 1770. (The 
defendants claimed self-defence. Six were acquitted.) Yet now, following 
another Boston massacre 243 years later, Republican Senator Lindsey 
Graham has declared: I hope [the] administration will at least consider 
holding the Boston suspect as enemy combatant for intelligence gathering 
purposes --- and the last thing we may want to do is read Boston 
suspect Miranda Rights telling him to 'remain silent.'


Britons once fretted over the proliferation of CCTV cameras in 
their country --- but then came the 2005 transit bombings, and the 
complaints ebbed


The whole episode presents a case study in why the campaign to protect 
our civil liberties from the surveillance state seems doomed. In times 
of peace, civil libertarians who oppose ubiquitous closed-circuit TV 
cameras, Internet snooping and other privacy infringements are lucky to 
fight for a draw. But even that rearguard battle is lost as soon as 
bombs start exploding. Britons once fretted over the proliferation of 
CCTV cameras in their country --- but then came the 2005 transit 
bombings, and the complaints ebbed. In the United States, the same will 
be true in the aftermath of Boston, where CCTV footage played an 
important role in identifying the Marathon-bombing suspects.


I'm as happy as everyone else that the Tsarnaev brothers were found, and 
that Canadian police apparently have broken up what might have been an 
even more deadly plot in our own country. Nothing a civil libertarian 
can say will take anyting away from their excellent police work. But as 
with all terrorist attacks, the emotional power of these crimes is 
hampering the ability of otherwise reasonable people to settle on the 
correct balance between security and civil liberties in a free society.


--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___

[Biofuel] Battery Breakthrough?

2013-04-19 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/technology-22191650

Super-powered battery breakthrough claimed by US team
By Leo Kelion Technology reporter

A new type of battery has been developed that, its creators say, could 
revolutionise the way we power consumer electronics and vehicles.


The University of Illinois team says its use of 3D-electrodes allows it 
to build microbatteries that are many times smaller than commercially 
available options, or the same size and many times more powerful.


It adds they can be recharged 1,000 times faster than competing tech.

However, safety issues still remain.

Details of the research are published in the journal Nature Communications.
Battery breakthrough

The researchers said their innovation should help address the issue that 
while smartphones and other gadgets have benefited from miniaturised 
electronics, battery advances have failed to keep pace.


Batteries work by having two components - called electrodes - where 
chemical reactions occur.


In simple terms, the anode is the electrode which releases electrons as 
a result of a process called oxidation when the battery is being used as 
a power source.


The cathode is the electrode on the other side of the battery to which 
the electrons want to flow and be absorbed - but a third element, the 
electrolyte, blocks them from travelling directly.


When the battery is plugged into a device the electrons can flow through 
its circuits making the journey from one electrode to the other.


Meanwhile ions - electrically charged particles involved in the anode's 
oxidation process - do travel through the electrolyte. When they reach 
the cathode they react with the electrons that travelled via the other 
route.


The scientists' breakthrough involved finding a new way to integrate 
the anode and cathode at the microscale.


The battery electrodes have small intertwined fingers that reach into 
each other, project leader Prof William King told the BBC.


That does a couple of things. It allows us to make the battery have a 
very high surface area even though the overall battery volume is 
extremely small.


And it gets the two halves of the battery very close together so the 
ions and electrons do not have far to flow.


Because we've reduced the flowing distance of the ions and electrons we 
can get the energy out much faster.

Repeatable technique

The battery cells were fabricated by adapting a process developed by 
another team at the university which is designed to make it faster to 
recharge the batteries than lithium ion (Li-on) and nickel metal hydride 
(NiMH) equivalents.


It involves creating a lattice made out of tiny polystyrene spheres and 
then filling the space in and around the structure with metal.


The spheres are then dissolved to leave a 3D-metal scaffold onto which a 
nickel-tin alloy is added to form the anode, and a mineral called 
manganese oxyhydroxide to form the cathode.


Finally the glass surface onto which the apparatus was attached was 
immersed into a liquid heated to 300C (572F).


Today we're making small numbers of these things in a boutique 
fabrication process, but while that's reliable and we can repeat it we 
need to be able to make large numbers of these things over large areas, 
said Prof King.


But in principle our technology is scalable all the way up to 
electronics and vehicles.


You could replace your car battery with one of our batteries and it 
would be 10 times smaller, or 10 times more powerful. With that in mind 
you could jumpstart a car with the battery in your cell phone.


Safety fear

Other battery experts welcomed the team's efforts but said it could 
prove hard to bring the technology to market.


The challenge is to make a microbattery array that is robust enough and 
that does not have a single short circuit in the whole array via a 
process that can be scaled up cheaply, said Prof Clare Grey from the 
University of Cambridge's chemistry department.


University of Oxford's Prof Peter Edwards - an expert in inorganic 
chemistry and energy - also expressed doubts.


This is a very exciting development which demonstrates that high power 
densities are achievable by such innovations, he said.


The challenges are: scaling this up to manufacturing levels; developing 
a simpler fabrication route; and addressing safety issues.


I'd want to know if these microbatteries would be more prone to the 
self-combustion issues that plagued lithium-cobalt oxide batteries which 
we've seen become an issue of concern with Boeing's Dreamliner jets.
Prof William King Prof William King hopes to use the microbattery to 
power electronic equipment before the end of the year


Prof King acknowledged that safety was an issue due to the fact the 
current electrolyte was a combustible liquid.


He said that in the test equipment only a microscopic amount of the 
liquid was used, making the risk of an explosion negligible - but if it 
were scaled up to large sizes the danger could become 

Re: [Biofuel] Battery Breakthrough?

2013-04-19 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 4/19/2013 2:06 PM, Darryl McMahon wrote:

Hi Robert,

as you might expect, I saw this announcement earlier in the week. 
While industry analysts are excited, my enthusiasm is restrained. When 
they get this to market as an affordable product in a size that is 
relevant to vehicle propulsion, then I will be excited.


Right now I'm underwhelmed.  I've read periodic announcements like 
this before, and I can't help but wonder how much is hype designed to 
stir investment dollars, as opposed to a genuine breakthrough.


Today, we have OEMs making electric cars that are affordable (e.g., 
2012 Mitsubishi i-MiEV can be acquired today for about $21,000 (after 
rebates and before taxes) in Ontario - range about 100 km (reliable in 
winter).  The 2012 Nissan Leaf can be acquired locally now for about 
$25,000 (after rebates and before taxes) - range about 120 km 
(reliable in winter).


The Leaf is supposed to be a nice car.  I've also been ogling that 
Ford Focus EV, but that's running close to $50K. My Ranger is aging not 
so gracefully now, my boys are getting ready to leave home, and if I'm 
going to buy a car at all, it's going to be an EV. Having written this, 
I'd prefer to avoid buying ANYTHING, as the embodied energy in an 
automobile, along with its requisite infrastructure, contributes 
mightily to dependence on fossil energy and climate change.


The Tesla Model S (85kWh) can be acquired for about $92,000 (after 
rebates and before taxes) - range about 400 km (reliable in winter).  
(An amazing car.)  That's with technology we saw on the market in 
small form factors a decade ago.


We saw one in Langley a couple of weeks ago.  It's a beautiful 
machine, for certain!




I wonder what is stopping people from buying these vehicles in huge 
numbers today.  They want to support the oil industry? Climate change 
is a hoax?  They think the price of gasoline and diesel is going to 
drop dramatically in the near future and stay there indefinitely?  The 
Osborne Effect (waiting for the next generation of a product which 
they expect to be better and cheaper, creating the risk that the 
vendor founders before they can produce it)?


The last car we bought was a hybrid Camry, more than 6 years ago.  
We decided to support hybrid technology because if there is no demand, 
innovation will stop.  The same thing is true of battery electrics.  But 
while hybrids have been steadily gaining market share (there are quite a 
few of them in our neighborhood), battery electrics remain rare birds.  
People I've spoken to about this believe they're too expensive and don't 
like the limited range.


They really do travel over 4 hours at a time at highway speeds, 
multiple times per day, on a routine basis?  (I telecommute now, but I 
remember resenting 20 minute commutes as a colossal waste of time.)


No, of course not.  But perception and reality are often two 
different things.  If, however, I had to work in Vancouver, I'd hit the 
range limit of the Focus EV in a single direction.


Is it really still the sticker price? Supposing you plan to own a car 
for 10 years, and travel 20,000 km/year, and it gets a real world fuel 
consumption in the order of 8 litres/100 km, and gasoline is an 
average of just $1.50 per litre over the next 10 years.  Well, 200,000 
km at 8 L/100k is 16,000 litres for fuel. At $1.50, that's $24,000 - 
more than the price of the car (for the Leaf or i-MiEV).  The 
electricity cost is almost trivial - charging at off-peak times, it 
really is, but let's say it's 2 cents per km over the 10 years, for a 
total of $4,000 for the whole decade.  i-MiEV plus electricity for 10 
years:  $25,000. New gasoline econobox (e.g., Ford Focus) $17,000 
vehicle + $24,000 fuel:  $41,000.  That's before we impose a carbon tax.


Agreed. The maths make sense. Our family laughed at us for buying a 
hybrid, but they're not laughing now . . .




The other exciting place for low-cost, high-capacity, long-life 
batteries (weight not an issue) is in storage for renewable energy 
from solar, wind, tidal and other intermittent sources.


Sigh . . .  One day!


 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Woman Attacked by Man Accusing Muslims of Marathon Bombings

2013-04-19 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34666.htm

Woman Attacked by Man Accusing Muslims of Marathon Bombings

By Maria Sacchetti, Globe Staff

April 19, 2013 Information Clearing House -Boston Globe - Every day, 
Heba Abolaban of Malden checks on her family in war-strafed Syria, where 
water, bread and electricity are in short supply. She was far more 
worried about them than about herself on Wednesday morning when she put 
her baby daughter in a stroller and headed into the sunshine to a play 
group with a friend.


But as they strolled down Commercial Street, an angry-faced man charged 
toward the petite woman, his hand balled into a fist. He punched her 
hard in the shoulder and screamed curses inches from her face. Then he 
pointed at her and walked away shouting.


He said, '(Expletive) you. (Expletive) you Muslims, You are terrorists, 
you are the ones who made the Boston explosion,' said Abolaban, 
recalling the episode in a phone interview Thursday. I was really, 
really completely shocked. I didn't know what to do. Then I realized 
what happened. I was crying and crying.


Abolaban, a 26-year-old physician who wears a traditional hijab, or head 
scarf, gripped the stroller carrying her nine-month old daughter and 
stood in shock. Soon, she and her friend, also pushing a baby stroller, 
burst into tears.


I was so afraid he might hurt my baby, she said.

What happened next made her feel better about Malden, a fast-changing 
city of 60,000 that now has the second-highest percentage of immigrants 
in Massachusetts.


She called the Malden police, at her husband's urging, and as she waited 
for them to arrive, workers at the Women, Infants and Children (WIC) 
Nutrition Program, where the play group was, came outside to protect the 
women.


The police arrived within minutes, soothed her and took her statement. 
Then the calls came: Mayor Gary Christenson called her at home, then 
Police Chief Kevin Molis phoned.


They were there within two minutes. They were so kind. They were so 
helpful, she said. The Malden police chief -- he called me two times.


The Islamic center in Malden also checked on her. She is scheduled to 
teach a class there tomorrow on breast cancer detection.


Molis, who started as a beat officer in Malden, said the attack was one 
of the first things he brought up at Thursday's morning roll call. He 
said his officers are trained to serve the diverse city of Malden, home 
to immigrants from China, Haiti, Uganda, Vietnam and more.


Police could not find the attacker, vowed to keep looking. Molis called 
the attack an intolerable act that violates state law and the very 
essence of our constitution.


No investigative strategy will be overlooked in order to determine 
who's responsible for this, Molis said. This is something that as a 
city and as a police department we take seriously.


No other incidents had been reported as of Thursday, he said.

Abolaban and her husband, Ahmad Almujased, also a physician, moved here 
about a year and a half ago from Syria. Abolaban said she is a Muslim 
originally from Palestine.


But Molis said he never asked Abolaban about her religion, because to 
him, it is a private matter. He said he reaches out to mosques, 
churches, businesses and all groups to ensure that they feel safe and 
protected.


It is our role to make sure that all of our rights are protected and 
preserved, he said. That is why we became police officers.


Abolaban and others said the response to the attack highlighted the good 
in a community that has changed dramatically in the past 20 years, and 
where such instances remain rare.

Maria Sacchetti can be reached at msacche...@globe.com

Let's Not Forget

By Andrew Sullivan

April 19, 2013 Information Clearing House - There are 1.6 
Billion-with-a-B Muslims in the world. Less than 100 have successfully 
carried out an attack that killed US civilians. Even at the most 
generous estimate, there are less than 25,000 active members of 
Al-Quaeda. That's 0.0015% of the Muslim population. There are rogue 
ideologies, savage ideas floating around the world, easily accessible, 
and yet how many people have actually gone on to apply those ideas to 
kill others?


Here's another fact: 1.7 million ethnic Chechens, only 2 of them have 
attacked the US. And those 2 were born and raised in Kyrgyzstan, as were 
their entire family for one generation, having been deported from 
Chechnya in 1944, and never lived in Chechnya during the conflicts 
there. Their family moved to Dagestan for less than a year in 2001, 
after which they became residents of the US at the ages of 8 and 15. 
They lived here for 11 years, studied here, wrestled and boxed here, 
graduated from school here, and one of them, Tamerlan, married a 
Christian woman and had a child HERE, according to his Aunt, who was 
interviewed on NPR. Whatever part of their lives inspired them to take 
this action, and WE DON'T KNOW if it had anything to do with their 

Re: [Biofuel] Battery Breakthrough?

2013-04-19 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 4/19/2013 4:13 PM, Chip Mefford wrote:

I've got a 10 y/o prius, still working, though not as well.

but mostly, I ride a bicycle.


My eldest son doesn't have a driver's license. The family was up in 
arms about this, but he looks at an automobile as a liability and 
thinks, Why should I spend money on financing, insurance, repairs and 
fuel when I can ride my bike or take the bus wherever I need to go?  In 
the town where I live, we have LOUSY bus service and we live high on a 
hill. My son and I have discussed converting his bike to an 
electric-assist by virtue of a hub motor and battery pack. He'd still 
have to climb the hill, but it would be a LOT easier than it is now.


And, the climate here, while rainy, never gets as cold as it did 
even 20 years ago. We had ONE skiff of snow this winter. Mostly, it's 
been dry and cool. It's not bad for biking.


Our Camry doesn't get the fuel economy it did when new, either.

 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] ICH

2013-04-17 Thread robert and benita rabello
I just received an e-mail from Tom Feely at Information Clearing House. 
His web site has been hacked after coming under continuous attack and is 
currently offline. Those attacks arose after ICH posted articles 
critical of Israel. For those who love to complain about all the 
political posts on the biofuels list, I urge you to understand that 
there is a political context to every human endeavor, and further, that 
the actions of political forces constitute the greatest threat not only 
to our personal liberty, but also to the very survival of our species on 
earth.


If any of you feel inclined to support Tom, please contact him at this 
address and ask him what you can do:



email...@cox.net

Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] If Autocratic Regimes in Saudi Arabia, UAE, and the Gulf are Acceptable, What’s Wrong With Assad’s in Syria?

2013-04-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34632.htm

If Autocratic Regimes in Saudi Arabia, UAE, and the Gulf are Acceptable, 
What’s Wrong With Assad’s in Syria?


By Iftekhar A. Khan

April 16, 2013 Information Clearing House - Leading US senators have 
urged President Obama to get involved directly and use military force in 
the two years old uprising against President Bashar al-Assad’s 
government in Syria. It isn’t that UK and US haven’t been involved so 
far; it’s just that both imperial powers have used their proxies to oust 
Assad from power. The proxies doing the bidding of the western powers 
are mainly Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and Turkey.


Syria has traditionally remained under Russian influence and has relied 
on Russian military equipment as most of the Arab countries bought 
military hardware from the western powers. Russia has had a naval port 
facility in Tartus, Syria, since 1971. Intriguingly, why is Russia, by 
its inaction, absent from the Syrian scene, despite the presence of its 
naval force at Tartus when the western powers unite to shore up 
insurgency against Asad’s government?


“Russia is not looking to oust Syrian leader Bashar al-Assad and wants 
the conflicting parties to negotiate and stop the ‘massacre’, putting an 
end to the ‘catastrophe’ in Syria”, President Vladimir Putin recently 
told a German broadcaster in an interview. “We do not think that Assad 
should leave today, as our partners suggest. In this case, tomorrow we 
will have to decide what to do and where to go” Putin said. Instead of 
asserting itself forcefully, the Russian response to the ongoing 
insurgency in Syria is apathetic. Once Assad goes and the western powers 
install their proxy in Syria, Russia will have to vacate the naval port 
there. It seems Russia’s withdrawal to self-isolation after its 
misadventure in Afghanistan continues.


The western media portrays to the world that Assad’s Alawites minority – 
12 percent Shiites – is ruling the Sunnis majority therefore the Sunnis 
have resin against the Alawites. But could such an uprising continue for 
two long years without the tacit support by the US? If popular protests 
by majority of people alone were the benchmark to change repressive 
regimes, the simmering uprising by the Shiites in Bahrain and Qatar 
would have toppled the Khalifas of the two Gulf States.


The present arrangement, however, is interesting. Saudi Arabia, Qatar 
and other gulf emirates, finance the insurgency in Syria. Turkey 
provides its territory for the Free Syrian Army to operate from, while 
the US, the UK and France provide the military hardware. It’s 
bloodletting financed by the Muslims, inflicted by the Muslims against 
their kin, using weapons supplied by the western powers.


To forge a more effective alliance against Asad, the US recently brought 
Israel and Turkey together by negotiating a patch-up between the two 
since Israel attacked the Gaza flotilla in 2010, in which some Turkish 
activists were killed. Israel and Turkey would now plan a common 
strategy to oust Asad and replace him with a pro-west stooge. A 
west-sympathetic Syrian National Council on the lines of Libyan 
Transitional National Council is already in place. SNC is likely to be 
headed by a US citizen and business executive Ghassan Hitto as LTNC was 
headed by Dr Abdelrahim Alkep. Syria is Libya’s replay.


The imperial powers inflame and exploit the sectarian schism between the 
Sunnis and Shiites in not only Syria but also in other Muslim countries 
including Iraq. These powers don’t bother changing their tactics when 
occupying sovereign countries although the old crap of the oppressed 
people rising and arming themselves to overthrow the repressive regimes 
in power now stinks.


In October 2010, Saudi Arabia purchased $60 billion worth of military 
aircraft from the US in the name of security against Iran. Similarly, 
Prime Minister David Cameron toured the Middle East in 2012 to sign a 
deal of 6 billion pounds to sell 100 Typhoon jets to Saudi Arabia, UAE, 
and Oman. When criticized at home for selling military hardware to 
autocratic regimes, the prime minister had said, “The autocratic 
countries had a right to defend themselves.” If autocratic regimes in 
Saudi Arabia, UAE, and the Gulf are acceptable, what’s wrong with 
Assad’s in Syria? Who doesn’t know that pulling down Assad’s regime in 
Syria aims at weakening Iran?


Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] The Boston Bombing Produces Familiar and Revealing Reactions

2013-04-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34634.htm

The Boston Bombing Produces Familiar and Revealing Reactions

As usual, the limits of selective empathy, the rush to blame Muslims, 
and the exploitation of fear all instantly emerge


By Glenn Greenwald

April 16, 2013 Information Clearing House -The Guardian - There's 
not much to say about Monday's Boston Marathon attack because there is 
virtually no known evidence regarding who did it or why. There are, 
however, several points to be made about some of the widespread 
reactions to this incident. Much of that reaction is all-too-familiar 
and quite revealing in important ways:


(1) The widespread compassion for yesterday's victims and the intense 
anger over the attacks was obviously authentic and thus good to witness. 
But it was really hard not to find oneself wishing that just a fraction 
of that compassion and anger be devoted to attacks that the US 
perpetrates rather than suffers. These are exactly the kinds of 
horrific, civilian-slaughtering attacks that the US has been bringing to 
countries in the Muslim world over and over and over again for the last 
decade, with very little attention paid. My Guardian colleague Gary 
Younge put this best on Twitter this morning:

younge tweet

Juan Cole this morning makes a similar point about violence elsewhere. 
Indeed, just yesterday in Iraq, at least 42 people were killed and more 
than 250 injured by a series of car bombs, the enduring result of the US 
invasion and destruction of that country. Somehow the deep compassion 
and anger felt in the US when it is attacked never translates to 
understanding the effects of our own aggression against others.


One particularly illustrative example I happened to see yesterday was a 
re-tweet from Washington Examiner columnist David Freddoso, proclaiming:


Idea of secondary bombs designed to kill the first responders is 
just sick. How does anyone become that evil?



I don't disagree with that sentiment. But I'd bet a good amount of money 
that the person saying it - and the vast majority of other Americans - 
have no clue that targeting rescuers with double-tap attacks is 
precisely what the US now does with its drone program and other forms of 
militarism. If most Americans knew their government and military were 
doing this, would they react the same way as they did to yesterday's 
Boston attack: Idea of secondary bombs designed to kill the first 
responders is just sick. How does anyone become that evil? That's 
highly doubtful, and that's the point.


There's nothing wrong per se with paying more attention to tragedy and 
violence that happens relatively nearby and in familiar places. Whether 
wrong or not, it's probably human nature, or at least human instinct, to 
do that, and that happens all over the world. I'm not criticizing that. 
But one wishes that the empathy for victims and outrage over the ending 
of innocent human life that instantly arises when the US is targeted by 
this sort of violence would at least translate into similar concern when 
the US is perpetrating it, as it so often does (far, far more often than 
it is targeted by such violence).


Regardless of your views of justification and intent: whatever rage 
you're feeling toward the perpetrator of this Boston attack, that's the 
rage in sustained form that people across the world feel toward the US 
for killing innocent people in their countries. Whatever sadness you 
feel for yesterday's victims, the same level of sadness is warranted for 
the innocent people whose lives are ended by American bombs. However 
profound a loss you recognize the parents and family members of these 
victims to have suffered, that's the same loss experienced by victims of 
US violence. It's natural that it won't be felt as intensely when the 
victims are far away and mostly invisible, but applying these reactions 
to those acts of US aggression would go a long way toward better 
understanding what they are and the outcomes they generate.


(2) The rush, one might say the eagerness, to conclude that the 
attackers were Muslim was palpable and unseemly, even without any real 
evidence. The New York Post quickly claimed that the prime suspect was a 
Saudi national (while also inaccurately reporting that 12 people had 
been confirmed dead). The Post's insinuation of responsibility was also 
suggested on CNN by Former Bush Homeland Security Adviser Fran Townsend 
(We know that there is one Saudi national who was wounded in the leg 
who is being spoken to). Former Democratic Rep. Jane Harman went on CNN 
to grossly speculate that Muslim groups were behind the attack. 
Anti-Muslim bigots like Pam Geller predictably announced that this was 
Jihad in America. Expressions of hatred for Muslims, and a desire to 
do violence, were then spewing forth all over Twitter (some particularly 
unscrupulous partisan Democrat types were identically suggesting with 
zero evidence that the attackers were 

[Biofuel] Bombs from Boston to Baghdad:, What Is the Value of a Human Life?

2013-04-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34636.htm


Bombs from Boston to Baghdad: What Is the Value of a Human Life?

Judged by the media coverage, it is hard not to conclude that western 
lives are valued much more highly than those of people in Afghanistan, 
Iraq or the Middle East.


By Lindsey German

April 16, 2013 Information Clearing House -Stop The War - The 
bombing in Boston is a tragedy, and everyone should condemn the actions 
of people who have destroyed the lives of people enjoying themselves 
watching the marathon.


But last week in Afghanistan a US airstrike killed eleven children and 
several women. This Afghan bombing is only one of many that are killing 
civilians every week.


In Iraq bombs go off in crowded areas regularly. A wave of bombings 
across the country yesterday left at least 75 Iraqis dead.


And in Syria too, there is a daily repetition of carnage that is killing 
countless civilians.


Judged by the media coverage, it is hard not to conclude that western 
lives are valued much more highly than those of people in Afghanistan or 
the Middle East, and that bombs in the middle of major US cities are 
regarded as more newsworthy than those in the Afghan countryside or in 
Baghdad.


When commentators and journalists empathise with the victims of the 
Boston bomb, many will wonder why they give hardly a passing thought for 
those other victims who were also caught in the middle of their everyday 
lives, enjoying themselves in the sunshine, shopping in markets or 
celebrating weddings.


The general rule seems to be 'out of sight, out of mind'.

But the mayhem wreaked by western intervention in Iraq, Afghanistan, 
Libya, Syria and elsewhere is not out of the minds of the millions who 
witness it and live with it every day. Nor is it forgotten by those in 
the west who opposed these policies and predicted they would create more 
terrorism, not less.


It is unclear who was responsible for the Boston bombs, with the reports 
suggesting either a group from the Middle East, or home grown right wing 
extremists marking Patriot Day.


That hasn't stopped right wing commentators (step forward Fox News' 
commentator) from blaming the Muslims and from Muslims worldwide 
expressing fears that this new attack would lead to further scapegoating 
and racism towards them.


Terrorism is now routinely blamed on Muslims even though most Muslims 
are as horrified by such attacks as anyone else. And even though the 
most serious terror attack in Europe in recent years was from a right 
wing extremist in Norway trying to advance his anti immigration and anti 
Muslim agenda.


Whatever the truth about this latest bombing, the continued refusal to 
acknowledge the widespread grievances against the US and its allies 
caused by the wars and US policies in the Middle East will lead to 
turmoil until political solutions are found.


That solution includes getting all foreign troops out of Afghanistan and 
the Middle East, ending discrimination against Muslims and supporting 
justice for the Palestinians.


Not coming any time soon, then?

Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] A Tax System Stacked Against the 99 Percent

2013-04-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34633.htm

A Tax System Stacked Against the 99 Percent

By JOSEPH E. STIGLITZ

April 16, 2013 Information Clearing House -NY Times - LEONA 
HELMSLEY, the hotel chain executive who was convicted of federal tax 
evasion in 1989, was notorious for, among other things, reportedly 
having said that only the little people pay taxes.


As a statement of principle, the quotation may well have earned Mrs. 
Helmsley, who died in 2007, the title Queen of Mean. But as a prediction 
about the fairness of American tax policy, Mrs. Helmsley's remark might 
actually have been prescient.


Today, the deadline for filing individual income-tax returns, is a day 
when Americans would do well to pause and reflect on our tax system and 
the society it creates. No one enjoys paying taxes, and yet all but the 
extreme libertarians agree, as Oliver Wendell Holmes said, that taxes 
are the price we pay for civilized society. But in recent decades, the 
burden for paying that price has been distributed in increasingly unfair 
ways.


About 6 in 10 of us believe that the tax system is unfair --- and 
they're right: put simply, the very rich don't pay their fair share. The 
richest 400 individual taxpayers, with an average income of more than 
$200 million, pay less than 20 percent of their income in taxes --- far 
lower than mere millionaires, who pay about 25 percent of their income 
in taxes, and about the same as those earning a mere $200,000 to 
$500,000. And in 2009, 116 of the top 400 earners --- almost a third --- 
paid less than 15 percent of their income in taxes.


Conservatives like to point out that the richest Americans' tax payments 
make up a large portion of total receipts. This is true, as well it 
should be in any tax system that is progressive --- that is, a system 
that taxes the affluent at higher rates than those of modest means. It's 
also true that as the wealthiest Americans' incomes have skyrocketed in 
recent years, their total tax payments have grown. This would be so even 
if we had a single flat income-tax rate across the board.


What should shock and outrage us is that as the top 1 percent has grown 
extremely rich, the effective tax rates they pay have markedly 
decreased. Our tax system is much less progressive than it was for much 
of the 20th century. The top marginal income tax rate peaked at 94 
percent during World War II and remained at 70 percent through the 1960s 
and 1970s; it is now 39.6 percent. Tax fairness has gotten much worse in 
the 30 years since the Reagan revolution of the 1980s.


Citizens for Tax Justice, an organization that advocates for a more 
progressive tax system, has estimated that, when federal, state and 
local taxes are taken into account, the top 1 percent paid only slightly 
more than 20 percent of all American taxes in 2010 --- about the same as 
the share of income they took home, an outcome that is not progressive 
at all.


With such low effective tax rates --- and, importantly, the low tax rate 
of 20 percent on income from capital gains --- it's not a huge surprise 
that the share of income going to the top 1 percent has doubled since 
1979, and that the share going to the top 0.1 percent has almost 
tripled, according to the economists Thomas Piketty and Emmanuel Saez. 
Recall that the wealthiest 1 percent of Americans own about 40 percent 
of the nation's wealth, and the picture becomes even more disturbing.


If these numbers still don't impress you as being unfair, consider them 
in comparison with other wealthy countries.


The United States stands out among the countries of the Organization for 
Economic Cooperation and Development, the world's club of rich nations, 
for its low top marginal income tax rate. These low rates are not 
essential for growth --- consider Germany, for instance, which has 
managed to maintain its status as a center of advanced manufacturing, 
even though its top income-tax rate exceeds America's by a considerable 
margin. And in general, our top tax rate kicks in at much higher 
incomes. Denmark, for example, has a top tax rate of more than 60 
percent, but that applies to anyone making more than $54,900. The top 
rate in the United States, 39.6 percent, doesn't kick in until 
individual income reaches $400,000 (or $450,000 for a couple). Only 
three O.E.C.D. countries --- South Korea, Canada and Spain --- have 
higher thresholds.


Most of the Western world has experienced an increase in inequality in 
recent decades, though not as much as the United States has. But among 
most economists there is a general understanding that a country with 
excessive inequality can't function well; many countries have used their 
tax codes to help correct the market's distribution of wealth and 
income. The United States hasn't --- or at least not very much. Indeed, 
the low rates at the top serve to exacerbate and perpetuate the 
inequality --- so much so that among the advanced industrial 

[Biofuel] The Real Reasons for the Crisis on the Korean Peninsula

2013-04-14 Thread robert and benita rabello
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34605.htm 
http://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?e=001xlu9NHDbEyaSQKNcGq-p7rpGUuXZs5RlWt4q6Cn81C-F2Ov15rR7UPq44IlOiiHzLo0oUSMwXvQno9xr73ePqkeW4E9kZYayNGOTwdC1fVVHUNbTMset_SBm5bfoMs57DTC2jyqdeX4Oah7Ai_a7Qpsywpqx56o9AeeikeEh0JCmw68mm409ZZcNJwnhVopMe_cK6NpZLYZPIozMx4eCxdVdYzqrOj1SeonUx3qPqeSOqxpPBDA1NiUXHTus8xlHAJ2h5duNY1dmo7AmEnR_-liTpK-PGss7UQxabJScMA6NprWtJ4TMewylaSKfppkp4LxBS-E59dYA_g5UwQTA-nFHQemU0kZCHKp3vSK5QuY=


 The Real Reasons for the Crisis on the Korean Peninsula

By Alexander VORONTSOV

April 14, 2013 Information Clearing House -SCF -Tensions are 
rising on the Korean Peninsula. Pyongyang has decided to close the 
industrial complex in Kaesong, which is a joint enterprise zone with 
South Korea, and has suggested that foreign embassies evacuate the 
Democratic People's Republic of Korea for reasons of safety. Most 
significant in this series of steps has been the decision of the Plenum 
of the Central Committee of the Korean Workers' Party, held in March 
2013, regarding legal confirmation of North Korea's nuclear status and 
the decision of the Supreme People's Assembly of North Korea «On further 
strengthening the status of a country in possession of nuclear weapons 
for the purposes of self-defence».


The majority of media, while painting a vivid picture of North Korea's 
militancy, is not trying to understand the reasons why the conflict on 
Korean soil is currently escalating so dramatically. When they do try, 
they usually name Pyongyang as the instigator of all the troubles, 
stressing that it was North Korea's third nuclear test that triggered 
the «nightmare».


Consequently, a pressing need has arisen to examine the real, underlying 
causes of what is commonly referred to as «the Korean problem».


In short, the initial cause is the unresolved outcome of the Korean War 
(1950-1953). This year marks 60 years since the end of the war and a 
peace agreement between its participants has still not been signed Only 
one Armistice Agreement exists (possibly on paper only these days), so a 
temporary cessation of hostilities, in other words. More importantly, 
there are no diplomatic relations between the main warring parties, the 
USA and North Korea.


The anomalous nature of a situation like this is obvious. Pyongyang has 
repeatedly suggested that this astonishing anachronism of the cold war 
be removed, but in vain: Washington stubbornly refuses to both normalise 
intergovernmental relations and replace the Armistice Agreement with a 
fundamental document that establishes lasting peace on the peninsula. 
Effectively, the US is proving that they have «hostile intentions» -- as 
they are called in Pyongyang -- not in words, but in deeds. A peaceful 
co-existence with the Democratic People's Republic of Korea does not 
figure in America's plans. Rather, they are looking to eliminate the state.


This is why there is a predetermined state of permanent conflict on the 
Korean Peninsula, a cyclical development of the situation from acute 
crisis to relative «remission» and back again. The actions of the West 
with regard to North Korea result in a vicious catch-22. Calls to stop 
the nuclear programme, thereby stopping the violation of the principles 
of the non-proliferation regime of weapons of mass destruction, are 
often used to cover up the realisation of a hidden agenda -- regime 
change in North Korea...


As a result, in instances where Pyongyang chooses the bargaining model 
of relations with the international community and is prepared to agree 
to mutual compromises with regard to its concerns (the non-proliferation 
dossier), the West does not see this as an independent decision by those 
in the north, but as a display of weakness, a triumph of its policy of 
pressure. Following such logic, Washington and its allies are not in a 
hurry to assess steps taken by Pyongyang according to their merit, using 
them in the interests of constructive cooperation and a way to advance 
the settlement of the Korean Peninsula's nuclear issue; rather they act 
the complete opposite. Based on the false understanding that North Korea 
began to make concessions under external pressure, the West considers it 
necessary to increase this pressure in order to put the final squeeze on 
its opponent. And now every time the policy with a false bottom fails. 
Convinced of the true intentions of its partners, Pyongyang, with a view 
to cooperating with them, but in no way capitulating, is stopping 
playing other people's games and is taking steps to strengthen its 
national defence capabilities. As a result, instead of the further 
concessions that were expected and the long-awaited collapse of North 
Korea, the West is being responded to with new missile and nuclear tests.


The chronology of the current crisis is well-known.

The successful launch of a North Korean satellite took place on 12 
December 2012. The UN Security Council chose the harshest way to respond 
in 

[Biofuel] Hunger Strike at Gitmo: ‘We Are Dying a Slow Death Here’

2013-04-14 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34599.htm

Hunger Strike at Gitmo: ‘We Are Dying a Slow Death Here’

By Pardiss Kebriaei

April 13, 2013 Information Clearing House -MSNBC -  I’ve just 
returned from Guantanamo, where my clients and a majority of the other 
166 men there have been on hunger strike for over two months. Most of 
them have been cleared for release or will never be charged. But the 
Obama administration has refused to send them home.


I met with men who are weak and have lost between 30 and 40 pounds. They 
told me of other men who are skeletal and barely moving, who have 
coughed up blood, passed out, and one who tried to hang himself.


One of the men I met with, Sabry Mohammed, a Yemeni who remains detained 
years after he was approved for release by the Obama administration, 
said, “We are dying a slow death here.” Yet the authorities say they 
will not let men die–they will force-feed them when their body weight 
drops dangerously low, strapping them into chairs and forcing a tube up 
their noses that pumps formula into their stomachs. The military reports 
that so far, 11 men are being “saved” this way. Yet as one of the men 
put it, the irony is that “the government will keep us alive by 
force-feeding us but they will let us die by detaining us forever.”


Today, 166 men remain at Guantanamo, more than eleven years after they 
arrived in hoods and shackles. Most are being held without charge and 
will never be charged. The Obama administration has approved more than 
half of the men–86–for transfer, but hasn’t mustered the political will 
to overcome congressional hurdles, despite saying it can and will. As 
their indefinite detention stretches into a second decade, men are 
aging, declining and dying. Last September, Adnan Latif, a husband and a 
father, a man twice cleared for transfer under the Bush and Obama 
administrations, was the ninth prisoner to die. The current crisis at 
the base had specific triggers, but there has been an emergency at 
Guantanamo for years.


The strike was sparked in early February, when prison authorities 
ordered searches of the men’s Qurans. One man told me, “I won’t even 
touch the Quran without washing my hands, how could I use it to hide 
something dirty?” The men viewed the searches as desecration, which 
should hardly have been news to those in charge. A former Muslim 
chaplain at Guantanamo once described the handling of the holy books as 
“the most contentious issue” at the prison. Given the sensitivity of the 
practice and the history of religious abuse at Guantanamo–acts like 
throwing Qurans on the ground and shaving detainees’ beards as 
punishment–the authorities should have known better. Indeed, former 
commanders did know better. In a 2009 review of conditions at 
Guantanamo, ordered by the Obama administration, a commander at the base 
recognized that standard operating procedures “do not permit searching 
of the Koran.” The rule reflected an “elevated respect” for detainees’ 
religious concerns–a lesson learned from the early years. It is unclear 
why that changed. Another of my clients said, “They are taking the camp 
back to 2006.”


So far, prison authorities have defended their actions and downplayed 
the scale of the strike. Inside the prison, my clients have described 
various tactics used to make life even more difficult and break the 
strike. Some have been life-threatening, like delaying the delivery of 
filtered drinking water, forcing detainees to drink from the tap of sink 
faucets attached to toilets in their cells. Before, there used to be 
signs above the sinks saying it was not safe to drink the water. One man 
said he would rather go without water than drink from the sink.


As the strike enters its third month and the crisis deepens, the 
authorities must reach for a resolution before someone dies. My clients 
are asking for assurances that their Qurans will not be searched, or to 
hand them in altogether rather than see them desecrated.


But the solution to the broader calamity is closing Guantanamo, 
beginning with the release of men like Sabry. He told me he does not 
want to die, he wants to return to his family, but he and others are 
continuing the strike because they have been pushed too far and this is 
the only means they have to protest peacefully. The only thing they can 
control is their own bodies. It is an act of strength even as they are 
growing weaker. They are desperately wanting to believe there is still a 
life for them beyond the prison walls.


At the end of our meeting last week, Sabry showed me a painting he made 
recently, of the prison surrounded by mountains.  But outside the high, 
tight-mesh fence that encloses Camp 6, where Sabry is held, there is 
ocean. “I don’t know what is outside. It is just what I imagine.”  After 
more than eleven years, it is long past time for the United States to 
send Sabry home.


Pardiss Kebriaei is a senior attorney at the Center for 

[Biofuel] Money for Militarism, not for People:, Obama's Betrayal of Social Security

2013-04-14 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34609.htm


Money for Militarism, not for People: Obama's Betrayal of Social Security

By Dave Lindorff

April 14, 2013 Information Clearing House -  What's wrong with the 
Obama administration's proposal to change the way Social Security checks 
are adjusted for inflation from using the Consumer Price Index (CPI) to 
instead using something called a chained CPI?


Let's start with the fundamental problem: Social Security is not a cause 
of the federal budget deficit, and will not be for years, even if 
nothing is done to raise more revenue for the program.


Sure the US will eventually have to come up with more money to pay the 
benefits earned by retirees in the Baby Boom generation, but that 
problem of an eventual shortfall in Social Security tax revenues can be 
easily solved by simply eliminating the cap -- currently $113,000 in 
annual income -- that is subject to the FICA tax. If the cap were 
completely eliminated, so that all income was subject to the tax, as is 
the case with the Medicare tax, the shortfall would be nearly 
eliminated. Any remaining shortfall could be erased too, by extending 
some kind of FICA tax to unearned income from investments. My favorite 
is one that is common in Europe: a small -- say 0.25% -- tax on 
short-term stock and bond trades.


But there is a bigger problem with this Obama proposal to cut both 
Social Security benefits and Medicare funding: Adopting a long-time 
Republican proposal, it only looks at those programs in isolation, and 
concludes that they need to be cut. Our Nobel Peace Prize-winning 
president does not look at the biggest and most wasteful spending in the 
entire federal budget, which is the military. That bloated white 
elephant, which this year is sucking up close to $800 billion, not 
counting the interest on money borrowed to pay for past wars and 
armaments, could be cut in half or even by three-quarters, and it would 
still leave the US military budget larger than any other nation's in the 
world. The US would be no less safe in that case. In fact, it would be a 
hell of a lot safer because we would no longer have US troops stationed 
expensively and provocatively in 1000 foreign locations.


Nobody in Congress is talking about slashing military spending and 
spending the savings on medical care, Social Security, education and 
other pressing needs. The public needs to demand this.


But let's leave those two points aside for a moment, important as they are.

What the Obama administration is calling for -- a switch from the Bureau 
of Labor Statistics' CPI to a new chained-CPI to determine inflation 
adjustments in Social Security checks each year -- is a brazen attempt 
to cut benefits for the elderly without admitting it. This is 
unconscionable, and as poorly reported as the story has been, the 
American people, regardless of age, are smart enough to be solidly 
opposed to the idea. People old enough to be drawing Social Security 
benefits, or who are close to filing for Social Security, know it's 
stealing from them. But younger people, who almost all have parents or 
grandparents who are depending on Social Security, also know intuitively 
that this is a bad idea, and are opposed to it.


Chained-CPI has long been a favorite scam among by Republicans and 
conservative Democrats, who are in thrall to business interests that 
want to reduce the payroll taxes they have to pay into the Social 
Security system. But their claim that it is a more accurate way to 
measure inflation's impact on the cost of living is clearly a fraud and 
a lie.


The rationale behind a chained-CPI calculation of inflation is a theory 
that when the price of some good or service rises too much, people 
supposedly switch to a cheaper alternative, so that alternative should 
be substituted in the market-basked used to calculate the cost of living.


Now sometimes that may be true. When gasoline prices soared during the 
Bush invasion of Iraq, many people downsized their cars to cut their 
gasoline bills. That move to smaller cars also cut families' overall 
transportation expenses because small cars are generally cheaper than 
big ones. A chained-CPI would account for this by substituting small 
cars in the market basket, and might also lower the allocation for 
gasoline, since people would be buying less.


But the theory falls down, especially when it comes to older people, who 
drive a lot fewer miles than those who are commuting every day to work, 
and who also tend not to buy new cars. The old gas-guzzler they have, 
which doesn't get many miles put on it in a year, is kept on the road 
and repaired as needed. They continue to buy whatever gasoline it takes 
to drive the thing. (I had a great aunt who died in the mid-1970s. We 
discovered that the 1950s Rambler she drove, which was in mint condition 
because it was kept in a garage, only had 10,000 miles on it because she 
just used it to go to the store once 

[Biofuel] Angry White Guys: The Roots of Reactionary America

2013-04-14 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34596.htm

Angry White Guys: The Roots of Reactionary America

By Tom Magstadt

Fifty years after the atom bomb, Hiroshima and Nagasaki are 
gleaming, thriving metropolises. After 50 years of failed government 
promises in Detroit, the money has dried up, welfare has run out and the 
city is headed for fire sale. With cities and states across the USA not 
far behind and teetering on the brink of bankruptcy, Detroit is no 
longer just a punch line. It is a warning of the future to come for 
millions of Americans.


- Charles Hurt

April 13, 2013 Information Clearing House -NOC - This is a story 
about the politics of anger. The quote above forms the last paragraph of 
a review of Charlie LeDuff's gut-wrenching book, Detroit, An American 
Autopsy.  It's a powerful book that speaks volumes not only about 
Detroit but also about most big cities in America today -- cities where 
petty crime, gang violence, drug addiction, prostitution, poverty, 
vandalism, vagrancy, filth, abandoned buildings, arson, and despair have 
been on the rise for decades.  Remarkably, LeDuff's chronicle of 
Detroit's descent avoids partisan rancor.  His is a story of a city 
suffering from a chronic condition that has taken an ugly turn and 
become terminal.  And, yes, he's angry; very angry.


There's a lot of anger in America, Europe and the Middle East and, come 
to think of it, everywhere.  Anger like everything else has gone 
global.  We recognize it when we see it -- in others, that is -- but 
it's here, too, it's on the rise, and it explains as least as much about 
politics in contemporary America as such other deadly sins as greed and 
power lust.  In fact, it's probably more central as a motivating force 
behind our dysfunctional politics than either.


Take Charlie LeDuff, for example.  LeDuff's anger is visceral.  He makes 
no attempt to hide it -- and no apologies.  He's angry with leaders who 
don't lead and politicians who make promises they don't even try to 
keep.  He spares no one and directs his anger at both of our major 
political parties.  And, of course, he's right to do so.


But unlike LeDuff, our politicians and partisan voters are angry. That's 
especially true of the new breed of Republicans in Congress. Republicans 
have always been partisan, but then so have Democrats. It's only 
natural.  But something has changed.  Partisanship is now a synonym for 
paralysis in Washington.


Why?  Is the Tea Party the cause?  Merely a symptom?  Or is it something 
else altogether?  Here's Harvard's Theda Skocpol, the eminent political 
sociologist, talking about what makes the Tea Party rank-and-file tick:  
At the popular level, where there are genuine activists who have really 
gone out there and protested and organized into hundreds of 
groups...they've played a huge role in shaping the presidential debates 
and the presidential agenda.


Skocpol, who's written a book, Obama And America's Political Future, 
that delves deeply into the nature and origins of the Tea Party, as well 
as analyzing Obama's disappointing performance thus far, is both 
sympathetic and objective in her criticisms of both.  In her public 
talks about the Tea Party she goes out of her way to express admiration 
for the accomplishments of people at the local level who are 
plainspoken, deeply committed, sincere, and unstinting in their efforts 
to move society in the direction they desire.  She is also careful to 
qualify her criticism of President Obama:  ...a lot of the criticism of 
him, she contends, is unrealistic.


If so, the main reason it's unrealistic is that Obama has, quite simply, 
run into a brick wall erected by rightwing Republicans in the U.S. 
Congress.  These Republicans -- including the Tea Party Caucus -- are 
nothing like traditional Republicans.  They're also not in lockstep with 
the Tea Party itself.  Skocpol: In Tea Party eyes there clearly are 
important things the federal government does---including care for 
veterans along with the dispensation of Medicare and Social Security. 
Many are ready to support taxation for such worthwhile programs.


Not exactly what we've come to expect from the likes of Paul Ryan and 
company, including Eric Canter, Rand Paul, Tom Coburn, Jim DeMint, Steve 
King, Jerry Moran, and the entire cast of manic anti-government 
ideologues in Congress.*


Hypothesis:  extreme right-wing Republicans in Congress are not taking 
their cues from the grass-roots Tea Party rank-and-file but are in fact 
cynically using them, manipulating symbols and issues that move this 
mass of disenchanted gray hairs, embattled blue-collar workers, anxious 
job-seekers, financially stressed homeowners, and beleaguered taxpayers 
to accomplish other aims altogether.  If they are not simply reflecting 
and regurgitating views held by conservative constituents, what IS 
behind the recalcitrance and rage of the avatars in Congress who pose as 
representatives of 

[Biofuel] In This Nuclear Standoff, It's The US That's The Rogue State

2013-04-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34563.htm

In This Nuclear Standoff, It's The US That's The Rogue State

The use of threats and isolation against Iran and North Korea is a 
bizarre, perilous way to conduct foreign relations


By Jonathan Steele

April 10, 2013 Information Clearing House -The Guardian - By 
coincidence two clashes over nuclear issues are hitting the headlines 
together. North Korea and Iran have both had sanctions imposed by 
foreign governments, and when they refuse to behave properly they are 
submitted to isolation and put in the corner until they are ready to 
say sorry and change their conduct. If not, corporal punishment will be 
administered, since they have been given fair warning by the enforcers 
that all options are on the table.


It's a bizarre way to run international relations, one we continue to 
follow at our peril. For one thing, it is riddled with hypocrisy, and 
not just because states that have hundreds of nuclear weapons are 
bullying states that have few or none. The hypocrisy is worse than that. 
If it is offensive for North Korea to talk of launching a nuclear strike 
at the United States (a threat that is empty because the country has no 
system to deliver the few nuclear weapons that it has), how is it less 
offensive for the US to warn Iran that it will be bombed if it fails to 
stop its nuclear research?


Both states would be resorting to force when dialogue is a long way from 
being exhausted. They would also be acting against international law. 
That is patently clear if North Korea ever managed to launch a nuclear 
strike against South Korea or the US, but the same is true of an 
altogether more feasible attack on Iran. There is no conceivable 
scenario under which the United Nations security council would authorise 
the United States, let alone Israel, to take military action, even if 
Iran were to tear up its long-standing statement that nuclear bombs are 
un-Islamic and produce one. So why does Washington go on with its 
illegal threats?


The underlying cause of most international tension is the unwillingness 
of powerful states to recognise that we live in a multipolar world. The 
idea of hegemony, often sanitised as leadership, is unacceptable. In a 
post-colonial era there are multiple centres of authority, international 
influence and soft power, and we should rejoice when new or old states, 
individually or collectively, have the courage and ability to challenge 
another state's ambition to be a superpower. States will always make 
common cause or coalitions of the willing on specific issues, but 
interests fluctuate and priorities change -- and we should junk the cold 
war-style system of military alliances and ideological or sectarian camps.


Let us go further and drop the figment of an international community, 
at least in its current western definition as the United States and its 
friends. By the same token, let's correct the myopia around isolation. 
When the leaders of 120 nations travelled to Tehran to ratify Iran's 
presidency of the Non-Aligned Movement last August, it was risible to 
hear US officials still talking of Iran being a rogue state.


In Washington and Whitehall it may seem self-evident that the 
international community should arm the opposition to Syria's President 
Assad, but that is not the view of the world's largest democracy, India, 
or of the most democratic African and Latin American states, South 
Africa and Brazil. When their leaders convened with Russia and China (in 
the new Brics coalition) in Durban last month, they re-affirmed our 
opposition to any further militarisation of the conflict and called for 
a political settlement.


Of course, the non-aligned and Brics summits were barely covered by the 
US media in its news or comment columns, the normal technique of reality 
suppression used by American opinion-formers and policy-makers. Rami 
Khouri, the distinguished US-trained Lebanese writer, calls it 
professionally criminal. After a month in the US recently, he found 
that coverage of Iran was based on assumptions, fears, concerns, 
accusations and expectations almost never supported by factual and 
credible evidence. In as much as these distortions build public support 
for a military attack on Iran, he finds it as culpable as the media's 
role in the runup to the attack on Iraq a decade ago.


The alleged crises over North Korea and Iran are just not serious enough 
to warrant the classroom language of shunning and punishment. Dialogue 
and respect for other people's positions are the better course. Discuss 
everything as a package rather than dangle incentives one by one like 
sweets.


Ironically, it was Iran at the recent talks with security council 
members that suggested a roadmap with a clear end state: the acceptance 
of Iran's right to enrich uranium like any other signatory of the 
non-proliferation treaty. In other words, the issue is primarily a 
matter of national dignity and 

[Biofuel] What Christians Don't Know About Israel

2013-04-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34560.htm

What Christians Don't Know About Israel

By Grace Halsell
Note:  This article was written in 1998 by the late Grace Halsell. Sadly 
it remains relevant today.


April 10, 2013 Information Clearing House -   American Jews 
sympathetic to Israel dominate key positions in all areas of our 
government where decisions are made regarding the Middle East. This 
being the case, is there any hope of ever changing U.S. policy? American 
Presidents as well as most members of Congress support Israel -- and 
they know why. U.S. Jews sympathetic to Israel donate lavishly to their 
campaign coffers.


The answer to achieving an even-handed Middle East policy might lie 
elsewhere -- among those who support Israel but don't really know why. 
This group is the vast majority of Americans. They are well-meaning, 
fair-minded Christians who feel bonded to Israel -- and Zionism -- often 
from atavistic feelings, in some cases dating from childhood.


I am one of those. I grew up listening to stories of a mystical, 
allegorical, spiritual Israel. This was before a modern political entity 
with the same name appeared on our maps. I attended Sunday School and 
watched an instructor draw down window- type shades to show maps of the 
Holy Land. I imbibed stories of a Good and Chosen people who fought 
against their Bad unChosen enemies.


In my early 20s, I began traveling the world, earning my living as a 
writer. I came to the subject of the Middle East rather late in my 
career. I was sadly lacking in knowledge regarding the area. About all I 
knew was what I had learned in Sunday School.


And typical of many U.S. Christians, I somehow considered a modern state 
created in 1948 as a homeland for Jews persecuted under the Nazis as a 
replica of the spiritual, mystical Israel I heard about as a child. When 
in 1979 I initially went to Jerusalem, I planned to write about the 
three great monotheistic religions and leave out politics. Not write 
about politics? scoffed one Palestinian, smoking a waterpipe in the Old 
Walled City. We eat politics, morning, noon and night!


As I would learn, the politics is about land, and the co-claimants to 
that land: the indigenous Palestinians who have lived there for 2,000 
years and the Jews who started arriving in large numbers after the 
Second World War. By living among Israeli Jews as well as Palestinian 
Christians and Muslims, I saw, heard, smelled, experienced the police 
state tactics Israelis use against Palestinians.


My research led to a book entitled Journey to Jerusalem. My journey not 
only was enlightening to me as regards Israel, but also I came to a 
deeper, and sadder, understanding of my own country. I say sadder 
understanding because I began to see that, in Middle East politics, we 
the people are not making the decisions, but rather that supporters of 
Israel are doing so. And typical of most Americans, I tended to think 
the U.S. media was free to print news impartially.


'It shouldn't be published. It's anti-Israel.'

In the late 1970s, when I first went to Jerusalem, I was unaware that 
editors could and would classify news depending on who was doing what 
to whom. On my initial visit to Israel-Palestine, I had interviewed 
dozens of young Palestinian men. About one in four related stories of 
torture.


Israeli police had come in the night, dragged them from their beds and 
placed hoods over their heads. Then in jails the Israelis had kept them 
in isolation, besieged them with loud, incessant noises, hung them 
upside down and had sadistically mutilated their genitals. I had not 
read such stories in the U.S. media. Wasn't it news? Obviously, I 
naively thought, U.S. editors simply didn't know it was happening.


On a trip to Washington, DC, I hand-delivered a letter to Frank 
Mankiewicz, then head of the public radio station WETA. I explained I 
had taped interviews with Palestinians who had been brutally tortured. 
And I'd make them available to him. I got no reply. I made several phone 
calls. Eventually I was put through to a public relations person, a Ms. 
Cohen, who said my letter had been lost. I wrote again. In time I began 
to realize what I hadn't known: had it been Jews who were strung up and 
tortured, it would be news. But interviews with tortured Arabs were 
lost at WETA.


The process of getting my book Journey to Jerusalem published also was a 
learning experience. Bill Griffin, who signed a contract with me on 
behalf of MacMillan Publishing Company, was a former Roman Catholic 
priest. He assured me that no one other than himself would edit the 
book. As I researched the book, making several trips to Israel and 
Palestine, I met frequently with Griffin, showing him sample chapters. 
Terrific, he said of my material.


The day the book was scheduled to be published, I went to visit 
MacMillan's. Checking in at a reception desk, I spotted Griffin across a 
room, cleaning out his desk. His 

[Biofuel] Winner Takes All: The Super-priority Status of Derivatives

2013-04-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34567.htm

Why Derivatives Threaten Your Bank Account

By Ellen Brown

April 10, 2013 Information Clearing House -  Cyprus-style 
confiscation of depositor funds has been called the new normal. 
Bail-in policies are appearing in multiple countries directing failing 
TBTF banks to convert the funds of unsecured creditors into capital; 
and those creditors, it turns out, include ordinary depositors. Even 
secured creditors, including state and local governments, may be at 
risk.  Derivatives have super-priority status in bankruptcy, and Dodd 
Frank precludes further taxpayer bailouts. In a big derivatives bust, 
there may be no collateral left for the creditors who are next in line.


Shock waves went around the world when the IMF, the EU, and the ECB not 
only approved but mandated the confiscation of depositor funds to bail 
in two bankrupt banks in Cyprus. A bail in is a quantum leap beyond a 
bail out. When governments are no longer willing to use taxpayer money 
to bail out banks that have gambled away their capital, the banks are 
now being instructed to recapitalize themselves by confiscating the 
funds of their creditors, turning debt into equity, or stock; and the 
creditors include the depositors who put their money in the bank 
thinking it was a secure place to store their savings.


The Cyprus bail-in was not a one-off emergency measure but was 
consistent with similar policies already in the works for the US, UK, 
EU, Canada, New Zealand, and Australia, as detailed in my earlier 
articles here and here.  Too big to fail now trumps all.  Rather than 
banks being put into bankruptcy to salvage the deposits of their 
customers, the customers will be put into bankruptcy to save the banks.


Why Derivatives Threaten Your Bank Account

The big risk behind all this is the massive $230 trillion derivatives 
boondoggle managed by US banks. Derivatives are sold as a kind of 
insurance for managing profits and risk; but as Satyajit Das points out 
in Extreme Money, they actually increase risk to the system as a whole.


In the US after the Glass-Steagall Act was implemented in 1933, a bank 
could not gamble with depositor funds for its own account; but in 1999, 
that barrier was removed. Recent congressional investigations have 
revealed that in the biggest derivative banks, JPMorgan and Bank of 
America, massive commingling has occurred between their depository arms 
and their unregulated and highly vulnerable derivatives arms. Under both 
the Dodd Frank Act and the 2005 Bankruptcy Act, derivative claims have 
super-priority over all other claims, secured and unsecured, insured and 
uninsured. In a major derivatives fiasco, derivative claimants could 
well grab all the collateral, leaving other claimants, public and 
private, holding the bag.


The tab for the 2008 bailout was $700 billion in taxpayer funds, and 
that was just to start. Another $700 billion disaster could easily wipe 
out all the money in the FDIC insurance fund, which has only about $25 
billion in it.  Both JPMorgan and Bank of America have over $1 trillion 
in deposits, and total deposits covered by FDIC insurance are about $9 
trillion. According to an article on Bloomberg in November 2011, Bank of 
America's holding company then had almost $75 trillion in derivatives, 
and 71% were held in its depository arm; while J.P. Morgan had $79 
trillion in derivatives, and 99% were in its depository arm. Those whole 
mega-sums are not actually at risk, but the cash calculated to be at 
risk from derivatives from all sources is at least $12 trillion; and JPM 
is the biggest player, with 30% of the market.


It used to be that the government would backstop the FDIC if it ran out 
of money. But section 716 of the Dodd Frank Act now precludes the 
payment of further taxpayer funds to bail out a bank from a bad 
derivatives gamble. As summarized in a letter from Americans for 
Financial Reform quoted by Yves Smith:


Section 716 bans taxpayer bailouts of a broad range of derivatives 
dealing and speculative derivatives activities. Section 716 does not in 
any way limit the swaps activities which banks or other financial 
institutions may engage in. It simply prohibits public support for such 
activities.


There will be no more $700 billion taxpayer bailouts. So where will the 
banks get the money in the next crisis? It seems the plan has just been 
revealed in the new bail-in policies.


All Depositors, Secured and Unsecured, May Be at Risk

The bail-in policy for the US and UK is set forth in a document put out 
jointly by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Bank 
of England (BOE) in December 2012, titled Resolving Globally Active, 
Systemically Important, Financial Institutions.


In an April 4th article in Financial Sense, John Butler points out that 
the directive does not explicitly refer to depositors.  It refers only 
to unsecured creditors.  But the effective 

[Biofuel] True Costs of Iraq War Whitewashed by Fuzzy Maths

2013-04-05 Thread robert and benita rabello

True Costs of Iraq War Whitewashed by Fuzzy Maths

By Muhammad Idrees Ahmad

April 05, 2013 Information Clearing House -The National - 'So many', 
wrote TS Eliot, reflecting on the waste land left by the First World 
War. I had not thought death had undone so many.


This notion is unlikely to cross the minds of those surveying the 
devastation left by the 2003 invasion of Iraq. The most frequently 
quoted fatality figure - about 115,000 Iraqis killed - is shocking. But 
compared to major conflicts of the past century, it is a relatively 
modest toll. The 1916 battle of the Somme alone killed three times as 
many. More than that were killed by a single atomic bomb dropped on 
Hiroshima during the Second World War.


Former British prime minster Tony Blair, and then-US vice president Dick 
Cheney, were perhaps conscious of this when they expressed no regrets 
on the 10th anniversary of the war last month.


That the perpetrators of an aggressive war should accept the lowest 
costs for their folly is unsurprising. What is less explicable is why so 
many supposed critics of the war are crediting the same estimate. Brown 
University's Costs of War project and the Centre for American Progress's 
Iraq War Ledger use it as their main source.


This is particularly puzzling when there are two peer-reviewed 
epidemiological surveys that give a far more comprehensive accounting of 
the war's human cost. A Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health 
Survey published in the Lancet, and the Iraq Public Health Survey 
published in the New England Journal of Medicine, gave figures of 
655,000 and 400,000 excess deaths respectively. (Both were concluded in 
June 2006, a month before the violence peaked, suggesting the actual 
toll is even higher).


It is odder still that when epidemiological surveys have come to be 
accepted as the standard method for estimating conflict fatalities - the 
method has been used without controversy in Congo, Bosnia and Darfur - 
an exception is made in the case of Iraq.


The method involves a household survey to establish current mortality 
rates and comparing them with pre-war ones. The difference, extrapolated 
for the whole population, yields an estimate of the number of people who 
would still be alive had the war not happened.


By comparison, the most commonly cited source, the UK-based online 
initiative Iraq Body Count (IBC), uses a passive surveillance method to 
estimate what it calls violent civilian deaths, relying mainly on 
media reports, initially only in the English language. Current total: 
between 111,842 and 122,326.


Distinguishing a civilian from a combatant in an urban war zone is 
itself a fraught business. But the IBC methodology makes two further 
assumptions that raise questions: that war kills only by violence, and 
that the media records every death in every part of the country.


If we accept the first assumption, then we would also have to revise our 
estimates of history's other major atrocities. Those who died of 
exhaustion or starvation during the Nazi death marches cannot be 
considered casualties of war using IBC criteria since they did not die 
of violence. One would also have to omit those who died in the Warsaw 
Ghetto uprising since, by virtue of taking up arms, they forfeited their 
right to be counted.


War in most cases means collapse of state institutions and health care 
systems; it means social disintegration, food shortages and lawlessness. 
It kills by starvation, scarcity, contamination, shock, abandonment - 
and a host of other causes that don't involve bullets. There was a 
four-fold increase in traffic accidents alone in the years following the 
invasion of Iraq. IBC's methods make no allowances for such consequences.


The second assumption appears to ignore both Iraqi reality and media 
practices. No journalist made a commitment to report every death in 
Iraq. Most were based in politically significant locations. During the 
most violent period, all but a few were confined to Baghdad's Green 
Zone. There is no reason to assume that every violent death, let alone 
every war-related death, was being reported.


Despite such limitations, IBC has become the primary, if not the only, 
reference for Iraqi deaths. It speaks to the political serviceability of 
its numbers. It also speaks to a lack of seriousness among its user 
about establishing the actual costs of war. The manner in which the 
Lancet study has been buried attests to this.


It is telling that the critics of the Lancet study are mainly 
journalists, politicians and bureaucrats. On the other hand, the study 
was endorsed by scientists, statisticians, epidemiologists and, in 
internal discussions, even some government officials.


The soundness of the method and the rigour of the Lancet's research were 
acknowledged by Sir Roy Anderson, the British Ministry of Defence's 
chief scientific adviser. In an internal memo obtained by the BBC, Mr 
Anderson wrote: The study 

[Biofuel] Obama’s Empathy Deficit in Palestine

2013-04-05 Thread robert and benita rabello

Obama’s Empathy Deficit in Palestine

By Uri Avnery

April 05, 2013 Information Clearing House -CP - Obama in Israel: 
Every word right. Every gesture genuine. Every detail in its place. Perfect.


Obama in Palestine: Every word wrong. Every gesture inappropriate. Every 
single detail misplaced. Perfect.


It started from the first moment. The President of the United States 
came to Ramallah. He visited the Mukata’a, the “compound” which serves 
as the office of the President of the Palestinian Authority, Mahmoud 
Abbas. One cannot enter the Mukata’a without noticing the grave of 
Yasser Arafat, just a few paces from the entrance.


It is quite impossible to ignore this landmark while passing it. 
However, Obama succeeded in doing just that.


It was like spitting in the face of the entire Palestinian people. 
Imagine a foreign dignitary coming to France and not laying a wreath at 
the tomb of the Unknown Soldier. Or coming to Israel and not visiting 
Yad Vashem. It is more than insulting. It is stupid.


Yasser Arafat is for the Palestinians what Gorge Washington is for 
Americans, Mahatma Gandhi for Indians, David Ben-Gurion for Israelis. 
The Father of the Nation. Even his domestic opponents on the left and on 
the right revere his memory. He is the supreme symbol of the modern 
Palestinian national movement. His picture hangs in every Palestinian 
office and school.


So why not honor him? Why not lay a wreath on his grave, as foreign 
leaders have done before?


Because Arafat has been demonized and vilified in Israel like no other 
human being since Hitler. And still is.


Obama was simply afraid of the Israeli reaction. After his huge success 
in Israel, he feared that such a gesture would undo the effect of his 
address to the Israeli people.


This consideration guided Obama throughout his short visit to the West 
Bank. His feet were in Palestine, his head was in Israel.


He walked in Palestine. He talked to Palestine. But his thoughts were 
about the Israelis.


Even when he said good things, his tone was wrong. He just could not hit 
the right note. Somehow he missed the cue.


Why? Because of a complete lack of empathy.

Empathy is something hard to define. I am spoiled in this respect, 
because I had the good fortune to live for many years near a person who 
had it in abundance. Rachel, my wife, hit the right tone with everyone, 
high or low, local or foreign, the old and the very young.


Obama did so in Israel. It was really amazing. He must have studied us 
thoroughly. He knew our strengths and our weaknesses, our paranoias and 
our idiosyncrasies, our historical memories and dreams about the future.


And no wonder. He is surrounded by Zionist Jews. They are his closest 
advisors, his friends and his experts on the Middle East. Even from mere 
contact with them, he obviously absorbed much of our sensitivities.


As far as I know, there is not a single Arab, not to mention 
Palestinian, in the White House and its surroundings.


I assume that he does receive occasional briefings about Arab affairs 
from the State Department. But such dry memoranda are not the stuff 
empathy is made of. The more so as clever diplomats must have learned by 
now not to write anything that may offend Israelis.


So how could the poor man have possibly picked up empathy towards the 
Palestinians?


The conflict between Israel and Palestine has very solid factual causes. 
But it has also been rightly described as a “clash between traumas”: the 
Holocaust trauma of the Jews and the Naqba trauma of the Palestinians 
(without suggesting equivalence between the two calamities.)


Many years ago in New York I met a very good friend of mine. He was an 
Arab citizen of Israel, a young poet who had left Israel and joined the 
PLO. He invited me to meet some Palestinians at his home in a suburb of 
New York. His family name, by the way, was the same as Obama’s middle name.


When I entered the apartment, it was crammed full with Palestinians – 
Palestinians of all stripes, from Israel, Gaza, the West Bank, the 
refugee camps and the Diaspora. We had a very emotional debate, full of 
heated arguments and counter-arguments. When we left I asked Rachel 
what, to her mind, was the most outstanding common sentiment of all 
these people. “The sense of injustice!” she replied without hesitation.


That was exactly what I felt. “If Israel could just apologize for what 
we have done to the Palestinian people, a huge obstacle would have been 
removed from the road to peace,” I answered her.


It would have been a good beginning for Obama in Ramallah if he had 
addressed this point. It was not the Palestinians who killed six million 
Jews. It was the European countries and – yes – the USA which callously 
closed their doors to the Jews, who were desperately trying to escape 
the lot awaiting them. And it was the Muslim world which welcomed 
hundreds of thousands of Jews fleeing from Catholic Spain and the 
inquisition some 500 

[Biofuel] Dividing Up The Pie, U.S., U.K. Chiefs To Hold Historic Strategy Meeting

2013-04-02 Thread robert and benita rabello

Dividing Up The Pie
U.S., U.K. Chiefs To Hold Historic Strategy Meeting

By VAGO MURADIAN and MARCUS WEISGERBER

March 31, 2013 Information Clearing House -Defense News - WASHINGTON 
--- In what is believed to be the first time since the 1940s, the entire 
British defense staff will be here March 25 to discuss long-range 
strategy and the impact of budget cuts with their U.S. counterparts, 
according to U.S. and British sources.


The meeting is reminiscent of the Combined Chiefs of Staff, when British 
and American military leaders joined forces during World War II. Both 
nations are undergoing significant budgetary reductions and will 
continue to rely on each other in future years for support. 
Understanding what capabilities will survive and won't is essential to 
long-term strategic planning.


The relationship military to military is very strong. We have common 
interest in how we meet the financial constraints placed on both 
nations, but also on issues like how we manage the drawdown in 
Afghanistan and also how we reconfigure post Afghanistan, said Sir 
Gerald Howarth, a member of parliament and the ex-defense minister 
responsible for international security affairs from 2010 to 2012.


We have a huge amount of strategic issues to discuss where we have a 
very large level of common interest, he said.


A Defence Ministry spokesman characterized the meeting as private and 
declined further comment.


In the U.S., spokesmen for the Office of the Secretary of Defense and 
the Joint Chiefs of Staff did not respond to questions.


U.S. and British military leaders regularly discuss ongoing issues. 
What's different about this series of meetings is they will focus not on 
immediate budget, program or operational issues, but the strategic 
future of the Anglo-American alliance, including deepening cooperation.


In addition to the U.S. Joint Chiefs, British attendees are expected to 
include Gen. Sir David Richards, chief of the Defence Staff; Gen. Sir 
Nicholas Houghton, vice chief of the Defence Staff, who will take over 
as chief when Richards retires later this year; Air Chief Marshal Sir 
Stephen Dalton, chief of the Air Staff; Adm. Sir George Zambellas, 
incoming Navy first sea lord; Gen. Sir Peter Wall, chief of the General 
Staff; and Air Chief Marshal Sir Stuart Peach, commander of Joint Forces 
Command, sources said.


The U.S. and U.K. regularly share the most sensitive military 
intelligence, technology and equipment, including submarine-launched 
nuclear ballistic missiles. Britain over the past decade in particular 
has shaped its capabilities to dovetail with U.S. forces.


The British are the leading developmental partner on the U.S.-led F-35 
fighter program with Lockheed Martin and have in their inventory Boeing 
C-17 transports, Chinook and Apache helicopters and Lockheed C-130 cargo 
aircraft. In addition, the Royal Air Force is buying highly sensitive 
RC-135 Rivet Joint intelligence planes produced by L-3 Communications in 
the U.S., making London the only international customer for that program.


The meeting comes as the Pentagon faces $500 billion in spending cuts 
over the coming decade, which will force senior leaders to make 
difficult choices. The British delegation arrives with particular 
experience in that area, having faced even deeper budget cuts --- in 
percentage terms --- over the past several years, forcing major reforms 
to force structure, organization and acquisition programs in that time.


Getting value for money and efficiency is something we have focused a 
considerable amount of attention on, and we can offer them advice in 
that area, Howarth said.


Still, the British budget is a fraction of that of the U.S. In fact, at 
$62.7 billion in 2011, the British budget is not much larger than the 
size of the annual cuts faced by the Americans. Under mandatory cuts for 
the remainder of 2013, the Pentagon is reducing its budget by $46 billion.


Yet the U.S. military could learn a thing or two from its British 
counterparts when it comes to consolidation, especially within the 
headquarters staff ranks, said Barry Pavel, the director of the Brent 
Scowcroft Center on International Security at the Atlantic Council here.


I think [the U.S.] can learn a lot, Pavel said. There's a lot of 
inefficiencies in our headquarters. They've taken jointness ... to new 
levels that we haven't yet done.


But the British, having cut so deeply, are also in need. They are going 
to have to leverage the U.S. to a greater degree, or try to, Pavel said.


To get leaner and reduce overhead in recent years, the British military 
consolidated its war colleges into a single school and created an 
operational command center outside of London to oversee operations, 
according to retired British Army Brig. Gen. Ben Barry, now with the 
International Institute for Strategic Studies think tank in London.


The U.S. Defense Department is already preparing for force structure 
reductions in 

[Biofuel] Regime Change Begins at Home

2013-04-02 Thread robert and benita rabello

 Regime Change Begins at Home



By Stephen Lendman



March 31, 2013 Information Clearing House - Charles Derber's book by 
that title says it's the only way to free America from corporate rule. 
It transformed America from we the people to what CEOs say goes.




It put monied interests in charge. Presidents, legislators, and high 
level bureaucrats serve them. Whatever they want they get. 
Institutionalized injustice follows. It's longstanding. Vital change 
more than ever is needed.




America had previous corporate regimes. None match today's extremism. 
Bold, creative strategies are needed to change things. Commitment 
creates possibilities. Nothing worth struggling for is easy. Failure to 
try assures disaster.




America's on a fast track to full-blown tyranny. It's a hair's breath 
away. Preventing it is top priority. It begins with knowledge. It 
involves knowing what's at stake.




Money power runs America. Fundamental freedoms are on the chopping block 
for elimination. Preventing it takes commitment.




Challenging authority is essential. Social movements are pivotal forces. 
They work. Abolitionists, labor movements, and civil rights activists 
proved it.




Collective activism has power. What better time to use it than now. 
America's waging political, social, financial, and hot wars. It's doing 
it globally. It's happening at home and abroad. Constitutional 
protections are disappearing. America's social contract is being destroyed.




Militarization, permanent wars, and unchallenged global dominance 
reflect policy. So does police state harshness. Dissent is endangered. 
Privilege is entrenched. Fundamental freedoms are eroding. Beneficial 
social change isn't tolerated.




Electoral politics doesn't work. Duopoly power runs America. Republicans 
and Democrats reflect two sides of the same coin. Not a dime's worth of 
difference separates them. Throwing out bums assures new ones. It 
happens every time.




Names and faces change. Policies remain unchanged. They're longstanding. 
They're cruel, malicious and unjust. Washington is too pernicious, 
corrupt and dysfunctional to fix.




Vital change is needed. Revolution is the only solution. Authority must 
be challenged disruptively. Doing so requires mobilizing it. Egalitarian 
reform is essential. Grass roots activism is key. Popular struggles 
depend on it.




Ordinary people have enormous power. Key is using it. It takes more than 
marches, rallies, slogans or violence. It takes sustained commitment, 
withdrawing cooperation, breaking entrenched rules, challenging 
reprisals, and staying the course.




Change occurs bottom up. It never comes top down. Dark forces relinquish 
nothing willingly. Concessions come when forced. Struggling for rights 
achieves them. There's no other way.




Powerful interests run today's America. They take full advantage. 
Absolute power corrupts them absolutely. They're free to steal, plunder, 
exploit, accumulate wealth, and dominate. They do it at our expense.




Inequality is unprecedented. America the beautiful never existed and 
doesn't now. Calling it a land of opportunity defies reality. Democratic 
freedoms are incompatible with predatory capitalism. Everyone's on their 
own sink or swim.




Privileged few alone benefit. Others are used and abused. Adam Smith 
said nominal democracy should be instituted for the defense of the rich 
against the poor. It's more than ever true today.




Corporatism is empowered. It rules the world. Military might supports 
it. Fundamental rights don't matter. The world's richest most developed 
country spurns them. It thumbs its nose at what matters most.




Growing poverty, unemployment, hunger, homelessness, and human misery 
follow. Plutocratic sharks don't care. Bottom line priorities alone 
matter. Money is used to make more of it. Enough is never enough.




Human needs and welfare are sacrificed. Exploitation is 
institutionalized. American style democracy assures it. Michael Parenti 
calls it democracy for the few. It's the best money can buy.




America's wealthy class dominates. Ordinary people have no say. What 
democratic mandate directed government to transfer wealth to the 
privileged few? Why are ordinary people left out?




Why do corporate giants get huge handouts? Why are they licensed to 
steal? Why are wars fought to enrich them? Why are democratic freedoms 
compromised to serve them?




Achieving equitable change isn't rocket science. Putting money power in 
public hands is a good way to start.




So is prioritizing justice, fairness, full employment, a minimum living 
wage, universal healthcare, free education to the highest levels, other 
vital social services, peace, and government by and for everyone equitably.




America's current system failed. When disrobed and exposed to the light 
of day, America's rulers have feet of clay. Their time has past. Social 
restructuring for everyone is needed. Mobilizing effectively can get 

[Biofuel] You Have the Right to Remain Silent: The United Police States of America

2013-03-29 Thread robert and benita rabello

You Have the Right to Remain Silent: The United Police States of America

By Dave Lindorff

March 28, 2013 Information Clearing House -This Can't Be Happening! 
- Willie James Sauls is unlikely to see the outside of a prison. Last 
fall a court in the state of Texas sentenced this 37-year-old man to 45 
years in jail. His crime: he snatched the purse from an old woman.


In Norway, meanwhile, a court sentenced Anders Behring Breivik, a 
right-wing racist who slaughtered 77 people, mostly teenagers, and 
injured several hundred, to 21 years in prison, with an option for that 
detention to be extended by five-year increments if he is determined to 
be still dangerous. Otherwise, the 32-year-old, if considered 
rehabilitated, could be released at the age of 53.


In the 1970s and '80s, Germany was rocked by killings committed by a 
radical left group called the Red Army Faction. Its members killed over 
30 people, including prosecutors and industrialists. Eventually its 
leaders were caught and convicted, but by 2007, almost a decade after 
the Red Army Faction had announced its own dissolution, those still in 
prison were pardoned by the country's president.


It is beyond inconceivable to imagine a US president, governor or even a 
judge, releasing a prisoner from a US jail who had committed the kind of 
offenses committed by either Breivik or members of Germany's Red Army 
Faction. It is, in fact, hard to imagine any political leader in the US 
pardoning purse-snatcher Willie James Sauls.


This is, after all, a country that hounded a 26-year-old internet 
activist, Aaron Swartz, into committing suicide, after a federal 
prosecutor threatened him with 35 years in jail -- this for the heinous 
crime of copyright violation (in a protest action he had publicly hacked 
an MIT server and downloaded hundreds of academic papers which a private 
contractor wanted to charge for!).


Right-wing Americans love to call the US a nanny state, claiming that 
the federal government is always trying to pass laws regulating people's 
lives. What the US really is, though, is a puni-state -- a nation that 
thrives on vengeance and retribution, and that rejects the whole notion 
of rehabilitation or character change.


How else to explain the prosecutorial passion for charging absurdly 
youthful offenders as adults?


In 2011, a Pennsylvania judge agreed with a prosecutor's request to try 
Jordan Brown, an 11-year old boy, as an adult, because ahead of the 
trial, he refused to admit his guilt in the shooting death of his 
father's pregnant fiancee. While Brown became the youngest kid in the 
world to be facing a potential sentence of life in prison without 
possibility of parole, he would not be unusual in the state of 
Pennsylvania, which leads the US -- itself a country that leads the 
world in such prosecutions of children as adults -- in having an 
astonishing 450 people serving life terms in prison with no opportunity 
for parole who were sentenced as adults for acts they committed as children.


Say what?

One of the fundamental realities about children is that they grow up, 
and generally, if given a modicum of love and attention, they grow up to 
be more mature than they were as kids.


That doesn't compute in the US, where what you did is all that matters 
to the average citizen, apparently. Some 40 of the 50 states allow 
children to be tried as adults in the United States, making it a pariah 
among nations in its brutishnish and barbarism.


Politicians -- Democrat and Republican -- campaign on 
get-tough-on-crime platforms which have also made the US the most 
locked-up society in the world, outstripping even police states like 
China, which despite being almost four times the population of the US, 
has fewer people behind bars.


In the US, 2.3 million people are in prison, but another 4.9 million are 
out of jail but still on parole or probation, according to the U.S. 
Bureau of Justice Statistics, meaning they've been in prison already, 
and are still under the control of prison and police authorities. That's 
over 3 percent of the US population, counting kids and old people. We 
lock people up at six times the rate, relative to population, of the 
average for all industrialized nations. Our lock-up rate is five times 
Britain's, nine times Germany's and 12 times Japan's, yet we have crime 
rates far in excess of those more enlightened countries.


America has turned everything in to a crime. We get locked up for 
actions that rarely lead to prison in other modern societies -- things 
like writing bad checks or using recreational drugs...or purse 
snatching. And US prison sentences are much longer than sentences for 
the same crimes in other more enlightened countries. Take burglaries. In 
the US, the average sentence for a burglary is 16 months -- almost a 
year and a half. In Canada, it's five months, and in England, seven 
months. Of course, we stand out too as having one of the busiest 
execution programs 

[Biofuel] Not Even Gold Will Save You From What Is Coming

2013-03-29 Thread robert and benita rabello

. . . I know that I've read about this somewhere else . . .

;)



MARC FABER: Not Even Gold Will Save You From What Is Coming
Matthew Boesler| Mar. 27, 2013, 4:53 PM | 711,498 | 169


Global Financial Stress Is Starting To Pick Up Steam, And That's Bad 
News For Stocks
Marc Faber, who authors the Gloom Boom  Doom newsletter, is usually 
pretty bearish on stocks and bullish on gold.


Lately, though, gold doesn't seem like it can catch a bid.

Despite the continued reverberations regarding the Cyprus bailout and 
its involvement of bank deposits, gold struggled to maintain the 
positive momentum created in the first two weeks of March and instead 
now looks very likely to move lower, towards $1580/oz, wrote Deutsche 
Bank commodities analyst Xiao Fu in a note this morning.


So, what does Faber have to say about it?

This morning, on Bloomberg Surveillance with Tom Keene and Alix Steel, 
Dr. Doom was asked why gold wasn't holding up.


Here's his explanation:

When you print money, the money does not flow evenly into the economic 
system. It stays essentially in the financial service industry and among 
people that have access to these funds, mostly well-to-do people. It 
does not go to the worker. I just mentioned that it doesn't flow evenly 
into the system.


Now from time to time it will lift the NASDAQ like between 1997 and 
March 2000. Then it lifted home prices in the U.S. until 2007. Then it 
lifted the commodity prices in 2008 until July 2008 when the global 
economy was already in recession. More recently it has lifted selected 
emerging economies, stock markets in Indonesia, Philippines, Thailand, 
up four times from 2009 lows and now the U.S.


So we are creating bubbles and bubbles and bubbles. This bubble will 
come to an end. My concern is that we are going to have a systemic 
crisis where it is going to be very difficult to hide. Even in gold, it 
will be difficult to hide.


Faber is, of course, still bearish on U.S. stocks. He told Bloomberg 
that he sees considerable downside risk in the market.




 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] It Can Happen Here: The Confiscation Scheme Planned for US and UK Depositors

2013-03-29 Thread robert and benita rabello
 It Can Happen Here: The Confiscation Scheme Planned for US and UK 
Depositors


By Ellen Brown

March 28, 2013 Information Clearing House -  Confiscating the customer 
deposits in Cyprus banks, it seems, was not a one-off, desperate idea of 
a few Eurozone troika officials scrambling to salvage their balance 
sheets. A joint paper by the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
and the Bank of England dated December 10, 2012, shows that these plans 
have been long in the making; that they originated with the G20 
Financial Stability Board in Basel, Switzerland (discussed earlier 
here); and that the result will be to deliver clear title to the banks 
of depositor funds.


New Zealand has a similar directive, discussed in my last article here, 
indicating that this isn't just an emergency measure for troubled 
Eurozone countries. New Zealand's Voxy reported on March 19th:


The National Government [is] pushing a Cyprus-style solution to 
bank failure in New Zealand which will see small depositors lose some of 
their savings to fund big bank bailouts . . . .


Open Bank Resolution (OBR) is Finance Minister Bill English's 
favoured option dealing with a major bank failure. If a bank fails under 
OBR, all depositors will have their savings reduced overnight to fund 
the bank's bail out.


Can They Do That?

Although few depositors realize it, legally the bank owns the 
depositor's funds as soon as they are put in the bank. Our money becomes 
the bank's, and we become unsecured creditors holding IOUs or promises 
to pay. (See here and here.) But until now the bank has been obligated 
to pay the money back on demand in the form of cash. Under the FDIC-BOE 
plan, our IOUs will be converted into bank equity.  The bank will get 
the money and we will get stock in the bank. With any luck we may be 
able to sell the stock to someone else, but when and at what price? Most 
people keep a deposit account so they can have ready cash to pay the bills.


The 15-page FDIC-BOE document is called Resolving Globally Active, 
Systemically Important, Financial Institutions.  It begins by 
explaining that the 2008 banking crisis has made it clear that some 
other way besides taxpayer bailouts is needed to maintain financial 
stability. Evidently anticipating that the next financial collapse will 
be on a grander scale than either the taxpayers or Congress is willing 
to underwrite, the authors state:


An efficient path for returning the sound operations of the G-SIFI 
to the private sector would be provided by exchanging or converting a 
sufficient amount of the unsecured debt from the original creditors of 
the failed company [meaning the depositors] into equity [or stock]. In 
the U.S., the new equity would become capital in one or more newly 
formed operating entities. In the U.K., the same approach could be used, 
or the equity could be used to recapitalize the failing financial 
company itself---thus, the highest layer of surviving bailed-in 
creditors would become the owners of the resolved firm. In either 
country, the new equity holders would take on the corresponding risk of 
being shareholders in a financial institution.


No exception is indicated for insured deposits in the U.S., meaning 
those under $250,000, the deposits we thought were protected by FDIC 
insurance. This can hardly be an oversight, since it is the FDIC that is 
issuing the directive. The FDIC is an insurance company funded by 
premiums paid by private banks.  The directive is called a resolution 
process, defined elsewhere as a plan that would be triggered in the 
event of the failure of an insurer . . . . The only  mention of 
insured deposits is in connection with existing UK legislation, which 
the FDIC-BOE directive goes on to say is inadequate, implying that it 
needs to be modified or overridden.


An Imminent Risk

If our IOUs are converted to bank stock, they will no longer be subject 
to insurance protection but will be at risk and vulnerable to being 
wiped out, just as the Lehman Brothers shareholders were in 2008.  That 
this dire scenario could actually materialize was underscored by Yves 
Smith in a March 19th post titled When You Weren't Looking, Democrat 
Bank Stooges Launch Bills to Permit Bailouts, Deregulate Derivatives.  
She writes:


In the US, depositors have actually been put in a worse position 
than Cyprus deposit-holders, at least if they are at the big banks that 
play in the derivatives casino. The regulators have turned a blind eye 
as banks use their depositaries to fund derivatives exposures. And as 
bad as that is, the depositors, unlike their Cypriot confreres, aren't 
even senior creditors. Remember Lehman? When the investment bank failed, 
unsecured creditors (and remember, depositors are unsecured creditors) 
got eight cents on the dollar. One big reason was that derivatives 
counterparties require collateral for any exposures, meaning they are 
secured creditors. The 2005 bankruptcy reforms 

[Biofuel] Man and Humanity in Search of Peace and New Future

2013-03-29 Thread robert and benita rabello

Man and Humanity in Search of Peace and New Future

By Mahboob A. Khawaja

March 28, 2013 Information Clearing House -  The hell of human 
suffering, evil and oppression is paved with good intentions. The men 
who have most injured and oppressed humanity, who have most deeply 
sinned against it, were according to their standards and their 
conscience good men; what was bad in them, what wrought moral evil and 
cruelty, treason to truth and progress, was not at all in their 
intentions, in their purpose, in their personal character, but in their 
opinions. - (Robert Briffault. The Making of Humanity, London, 1918)


Know then thyself, presume not God to scan; The proper study of Mankind 
is Man. - (Alexander Pope An Essay on Man)


The mankind stands at its most tormenting crossroads - a time fraught 
with insane tragedies, man seeing man as a wild beast to be haunted and 
sadistic leaders and decadent superpowers forging bogus wars, planned 
massacres and environmental disasters all in a knowledge-driven, 
information age global culture of citizenry participation and political 
activism wanting to co-exist in peace and harmony within the encompassed 
and Living Universe. Throughout history men of power and influence 
commit horrible crimes against the humanity of which they are an 
essential part. Why? The answer rests with their individualistic 
absolutism and mindset. Is it part of the human nature that man should 
be cruel to man? The primitive scope is now enlarged to encompass crimes 
against all the living things, the universe and whatever it contains. We 
are at a RISK of Extinction.


Global warriors are the elite class born to rule - the men of king, who 
are most often hated and feared and always dream of glory and triumph to 
achieve at a cost of ruthlessness, triviality and success leading to 
degeneration and viciousness across the human societies. They are 
influential to defy accountability for their crimes. George Bush and 
Tony Blair both despite being indicted by an International Tribunal for 
crimes against the humanity in Iraq are free and untouchable. Greg 
Felton (1936 and the illusion of progress -- Part I: 
Mediamonitors.net: 3/31/2011) takes us to an historical insight - the 
aggression by a fascist regime against a helpless neighbor - a viewpoint 
very much intact in the contemporary global peace and security context:


The lessons of history are lost because we are careful to 
compartmentalize them to the time they happened and treat them as museum 
pieces. Our governing myths of progress and the perfectibility of man 
instill in us the conceit that whatever happened back then could not 
have any meaning today because we know so much more and the world is so 
much differentThe criminals and victims may have changed in 75 
years, but the polite rationalizations we offer up to appease 
international crime today are pretty much the same.


Recently, a global Think-Tank gathering at Davos, Switzerland showed the 
organizing muscles of affluent bankers, politicians and billionaires and 
some ruling elite taken from the painful tragedies of the poor and 
left-over human beings in other parts of the world. It is unknown who 
invites who and what criterion is implied to select the rich and 1% 
affluent ruling elite under questioning in functional Western 
democracies. They have no legitimacy from the democratic masses to talk 
about their future. Does this mean only rich and most powerful entities 
are presumed intelligent and capable of change and future-making? This 
is naive historical thinking lingering on to this day. If so, it will 
undermine Reason and defy the logic of moral and intellectual 
advancements up to the 21st century. Bankers and few ruling elite are 
part of the problems, not solutions. Bankers would be obliged to save 
the banks, not the humanity as appears to be the case of Cyprus 
financial bankruptcy under the EU 10 billion Euro emergency loan. 
Bankers will deprive the common Cypriot folks of their lifelong savings 
and assets to impose the EU dictates. To them mankind is just numbers 
and digits and the same is viewed by the warmongers. Time and history 
have articulated new paradigms of change and future-making. Nobody is 
sure, how to imagine the future except some assumptions of the few 
affluent whose business will be at stake if future turns out to be 
problematic and uncertain. Charles A Kupchan (From the American Century 
to the Competition Century- Problem of Grand Strategy ISN- 
International Security Network: 11/19/2012) attempts to imagine the 
contextual framework:


While most emerging powers agree that we are entering a post-Western 
world, there is little consensus on what this world will actually look 
like. As a result, the grand strategies they develop will confront 
alternative and competing visions of what constitutes the new 
international order. If the world's emerging powers enjoyed a consensus 
among themselves about the nature 

[Biofuel] BRICS Go Over The Wall

2013-03-28 Thread robert and benita rabello

BRICS Go Over The Wall

By Pepe Escobar

March 27, 2013 Information Clearing House -Asia Times - Reports on 
the premature death of the BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South 
Africa) have been greatly exaggerated. Western corporate media is 
flooded with such nonsense, perpetrated in this particular case by the 
head of Morgan Stanley Investment Management.


Reality spells otherwise. The BRICS meet in Durban, South Africa, this 
Tuesday to, among other steps, create their own credit rating agency, 
sidelining the dictatorship – or at least “biased agendas”, in New 
Delhi’s diplomatic take – of the Moody’s/Standard  Poor’s variety. They 
will also further advance the idea of the BRICS Development Bank, with a 
seed capital of US$50 billion (only structural details need to be 
finalized), helping infrastructure and sustainable development projects.


Crucially, the US and the European Union won’t have stakes in this Bank 
of the South – a concrete alternative, pushed especially by India and 
Brazil, to the Western-dominated World Bank and the Bretton Woods system.


As former Indian finance minister Jaswant Singh has observed, such a 
development bank could, for instance, channel Beijing’s know-how to help 
finance India’s massive infrastructure needs.


The huge political and economic differences among BRICS members are 
self-evident. But as they evolve as a group, the point is not whether 
they should be protecting the global economy from the now non-stop 
crisis of advanced casino capitalism.


The point is that, beyond measures to facilitate mutual trade, their 
actions are indeed becoming increasingly political – as the BRICS not 
only deploy their economic clout but also take concrete steps leading 
towards a multipolar world. Brazil is particularly active in this regard.


Inevitably, the usual Atlanticist, Washington consensus fanatics – 
myopically – can see nothing else besides the BRICS “demanding more 
recognition from Western powers”.


Of course there are problems. Brazil, China and India’s growth slowed 
down. As China, for instance, became Brazil’s top trading partner – 
ahead of the US – whole sectors of Brazilian industry have suffered from 
the competition of cheap Chinese manufacturing.


But some long-term prospects are inevitable. BRICS will eventually 
become more forceful at the International Monetary Fund. Crucially, 
BRICS will be trading in their own currencies, including a globally 
convertible yuan, further away from the US dollar and the petrodollar.


That Chinese slowdown
It was Goldman Sachs’ Jim O’Neill who coined the term BRIC (no South 
Africa then) in 2001. It’s enlightening to check what he thinks about it 
now.


O’Neill points out that China, even growing by a “mere” 7.7% in 2012, 
“created the equivalent of another Greek economy every 11-and-a-half 
weeks”. China’s slowdown was “structural and cyclical” – a “planned 
downturn” to control overheating and inflation.


The BRICS push is part of an irresistible global trend. Most of it is 
decoded here, in a new United Nations Development Programme report. The 
bottom line; the North is being overtaken in the economic race by the 
global South at a dizzying speed.


According to the report, “for the first time in 150 years, the combined 
output of the developing world’s three leading economies – Brazil, China 
and India – is about equal to the combined GDP of the long-standing 
industrial powers of the North”.


The obvious conclusion is that, “the rise of the South is radically 
reshaping the world of the 21st century, with developing nations driving 
economic growth, lifting hundreds of millions of people from poverty, 
and propelling billions more into a new global middle class.”


And bang in the middle of this process, we find an Eurasian epic; the 
development of the Russia-China strategic relationship.


It’s always about Pipelineistan
Russian President Vladimir Putin is taking no prisoners; he wants to 
steer the BRICS towards “a full-scale strategic cooperation mechanism 
that will allow us to look for solutions to key issues of global 
politics together”.


This will imply a common BRICS foreign policy – and not only selective 
coordination on some themes. It will take time. It will be hard. Putin 
is very much aware of it.


What makes it even more fascinating is that Putin advanced his ideas 
during last week’s three-day visit to Moscow by new Chinese President Xi 
Jinping. He went out of his way to stress Russian-Chinese relations now 
are “the best in their centuries-long history”.


That’s not exactly what hegemonic Atlanticists want to hear – still 
eager to frame the relationship in Cold War terms.


Xi retributed in style; “We did not come to see you for nothing” – as is 
partially detailed here. And wait till China’s creative drive starts 
yielding dividends.


Inevitably, Pipelineistan is at the heart of the ultimate BRICS 
complementary relationship.


China’s need of Russia’s oil and gas 

[Biofuel] Kerry’s Middle East Tour Prepares Endless War in Afghanistan, Syria

2013-03-28 Thread robert and benita rabello


Kerry’s Middle East Tour Prepares Endless War in Afghanistan, Syria

By Alex Lantier

March 27, 2013 Information Clearing House -WSWS - US Secretary of 
State John Kerry left Kabul for Paris yesterday, after a Middle Eastern 
tour to Jordan and Afghanistan to plan broader wars across the region. 
In Paris today, he is expected to discuss arming opposition forces 
fighting Washington’s proxy war against Syrian President Bashar al-Assad 
with French officials.


During his unannounced two-day visit in Kabul, Kerry held a joint press 
conference with President Hamid Karzai, the leader of the American 
puppet regime in Afghanistan. He announced that US forces will remain in 
Afghanistan beyond the Obama administration’s 2014 withdrawal deadline.


Kerry and Karzai both called upon the Taliban to open an office in Doha, 
the capital of the US-allied Persian Gulf emirate of Qatar, from which 
location they could negotiate with Karzai. To encourage the Taliban to 
accept the offer, Kerry stressed that the Taliban should not count on a 
US withdrawal from Afghanistan.


Currently there are some 100,000 occupation troops in the country, 
including 66,000 US forces. American officials have reportedly discussed 
a lasting presence of roughly 12,000 US and European troops in Afghanistan.


Kerry also offered to hand over formal control of Bagram prison to the 
Karzai regime. This was apparently designed to allow Karzai to posture 
cynically before the Afghan people, claiming he is restoring Afghan 
sovereignty over the country. The US-controlled prison, notorious for 
the killings and torture of Afghan resistance fighters imprisoned there, 
has become a hated symbol of the NATO occupation.


This action was apparently aimed at smoothing US relations with Karzai, 
strained after the latter criticized Washington for “colluding” with the 
Taliban.


The handover of Bagram has nothing to do with ending US rule in 
Afghanistan, however. Karzai made clear that Washington would continue 
to effectively control detainees at the prison, promising that an Afghan 
review board would consider intelligence provided by US authorities 
before deciding to release prisoners. Afghan officials also reportedly 
gave “private assurances” that no “enduring security threats” would be 
released from Bagram.


By threatening to continue the bombing and occupation of Afghanistan, 
Kerry is pushing the Taliban leadership to negotiate a political 
settlement with Karzai that would include a lasting US protectorate in 
Afghanistan. Washington’s control would rest upon US air superiority and 
a permanent occupation force stationed in the country. It would be based 
on collaboration between Washington, the warlords backing Karzai and the 
Islamic fundamentalist leadership of the Taliban to suppress resistance 
to foreign occupation by the Afghan people.


The American ruling class sees Afghanistan as a launching pad for US 
operations in Central Asia, such as the hundreds of drone strikes 
Washington has launched in Afghanistan and neighboring countries. The 
New York Times commented, “The Obama administration has made a priority 
of reaching an agreement on an American military presence here after 
2014 that will allow the United States to keep tabs on Iran and Pakistan.”


Significantly, Kerry had hoped to visit Pakistan during his tour, but 
decided against it. There is deep anger in that country over US drone 
strikes and the collaboration of the Pakistani army and intelligence 
with Washington. (See also: “UN says US drone war in Pakistan violates 
international law”)


Instead, Kerry reportedly met privately with Pakistani army chief 
General Ashfaq Parvez Kayani in the Jordanian capital of Amman on 
Sunday, before traveling to Afghanistan.


Washington’s neo-colonial war in Afghanistan—like its proxy war in 
Syria, Iran’s main Arab ally—aims at establishing US imperialist 
hegemony over the Middle East and Central Asia. This involves not only 
controlling and manipulating the conflicts in Pakistan and broadly 
across Asia unleashed by the Afghan war, but also organizing regime 
change in Iran, an oil-rich state that Washington sees as the main 
obstacle to its interests in the Middle East.


Kerry’s visits both to Amman and to Kabul were clearly bound up with 
Washington’s war drive against Iran and its regional allies. As the 
Secretary of State left Jordan for Afghanistan, the Associated Press 
(AP) reported that the US is working in Jordan with Britain and France 
to train Syrian opposition fighters. These fighters then cross the 
border into southern Syria to carry out attacks.


The AP wrote that these forces were “secular” forces, apparently in an 
attempt to distinguish them from Al Qaeda-linked forces that provide the 
bulk of the Syrian opposition’s fighting forces. The wire service’s 
description of these forces made clear, however, that they are largely 
army deserters recruited on a religious or tribal basis.


It wrote, “The 

[Biofuel] N. Korea Warns : Danger of Nuclear War on Korean Peninsula

2013-03-28 Thread robert and benita rabello
(Something is clearly lost in the translation here.  I was tempted to 
fix the English, but refrained . . .)


N. Korea Warns : Danger of Nuclear War on Korean Peninsula

By Korea News Service

March 27, 2013 Information Clearing House -KNS - The Foreign 
Ministry of the DPRK released the following statement on Tuesday.


The U.S. anti-DPRK hostile acts being intensified over its satellite 
launch for peaceful purposes have reached the eve of nuclear war.


On Monday U.S. B-52 strategic bombers flied to the sky above south Korea 
by stealth again to stage a nuclear bomb dropping drill aimed at a 
surprise nuclear preemptive attack on the DPRK.


Their flight defying our repeated warnings clearly proves that the U.S. 
plan for a nuclear war has entered an uncontrollable phase of practice.


The U.S. is making desperate efforts to seek a way out from igniting a 
nuclear war against the DPRK, afraid that if the DPRK with nuclear 
weapons achieves economic prosperity through the building of a thriving 
nation, its hostile policy toward the DPRK will end in failure.


The U.S. has already cooked up two resolutions on sanctions through 
the UN Security Council in less than two months, creating a vicious 
cycle of escalated tension to provide an international pretext for 
unleashing a nuclear war under the signboard of nuclear non-proliferation.


Now the U.S. is mobilizing all their three nuclear attack means in the 
preparation for a nuclear war against the DPRK.


Strategic nuclear missiles in the U.S. mainland are aiming at the DPRK 
and submarines with nuclear warheads are swarming to the waters off 
south Korea and its vicinity in the Pacific region.


Meanwhile, the U.S. deputy secretary of Defense, who visited south Korea 
to finally examine the preparations of a nuclear war against the DPRK, 
openly said that the U.S. military attaches top priority to the second 
Korean war, giving green light to a nuclear war.


Accordingly, the commander of the U.S. forces in south Korea and the 
south Korean military chief drafted a joint plan to cope with local 
provocation. The main point of it is to start a total nuclear war 
involving the U.S. forces in the U.S. mainland and the Pacific region 
after the south Korean puppet army touches off a conflict.


The south Korean warmongers, elated with the backing of the U.S. master, 
are threatening punishment to provocation of the DPRK and even seeking 
a nefarious purpose of hurting status of great Generalissimos Kim Il 
Sung and Kim Jong Il, symbol of our supreme dignity.


The prevailing grave situation goes to prove that the U.S. is seeking a 
nuclear war against the DPRK, its first target of attack, after moving 
the strategic centre for world domination to the Asian-Pacific region.


A nuclear war in the Korean Peninsula is no longer a presentative 
meaning but realistic one.


Now the U.S. is brave with the numerical advantage in nuclear weapons 
but it is doomed to perish in the flames kindled by itself.


The DPRK has its own powerful precision means for nuclear attack and 
nuclear war methods.


The south Korean puppets who are behaving recklessly under their 
master's nuclear umbrella will experience a sound by-blow of a nuclear 
attack when a war breaks out between the DPRK and the U.S.


To cope with the prevailing grave situation the KPA Supreme Command made 
a final decision to demonstrate with a practical military action the 
strong will of the DPRK army and people to take a resolute counteraction 
and gave an order to the strike forces of justice to keep themselves on 
the highest alert.


Upon authorization the Foreign Ministry of the DPRK openly informs the 
UN Security Council that the Korean Peninsula is now in a touch-and-go 
situation due to the nuclear war provocation moves of the U.S. and south 
Korean puppets.


The DPRK army and people that have become one with the Supreme Command 
are entering the final stage of the all-out showdown with the U.S. to 
defend the country's sovereignty and the nation's dignity by dint of the 
power of Songun they have long bolstered up.


DPRK People Vow Revenge on U.S., S. Korean Puppets

By Korea News Service

Pyongyang, March 26 (KCNA) -- The statement of the Supreme Command of 
the Korean People's Army, released Tuesday, is arousing the DPRK army 
and people to a sacred war for destroying the U.S. imperialists and the 
south Korean puppets at one stroke.


The enemies' anti-DPRK moves have gone beyond the danger line and 
reached the phase of an actual war.


The U.S. and south Korean forces worked out an operational plan to 
impair the dignity of the DPRK supreme leadership, even declaring that 
they would make precision missile strikes at the statues of the great 
Generalissimos Kim Il Sung and Kim Jong Il.


All the people in the DPRK now call for a rapid military action to wipe 
out all those disgusting enemies, contending that words do no longer work.


Han Jong Nam, an officer of the KPA, told KCNA:


[Biofuel] Three (more) Things They Don’t Tell You About Capitalism

2013-03-25 Thread robert and benita rabello


Three (more) Things They Don’t Tell You About Capitalism

By Jules Peck

March 24, 2013 Information Clearing House -Citizenrenaissance - 
Professor Ha-Joon Chang has two things in common with Karl Marx. Firstly 
he’s right in much of his economic analysis of the ills of capitalism 
and secondly his prescriptions of the solutions to these ills are lacking.


Chang’s best-selling book 23 Things They Don’t Tell You About Capitalism 
is a timely and important addition to the most crucial debate of our 
age. I recommend it as both a good read and helpful resource. But I 
think his analysis missed out three final and far more crucial ‘things’ 
to his 23.


Aside from giving an incomplete analysis of the ills of capitalism, 
Chang’s work fails in that the ‘things’ he misses out (my ‘things’ 24, 
25 and 26) are the ones which show both that capitalism is fatally 
flawed and ireformable and that an alternative is indeed both possible 
and viable.


So Chang’s book is both an incomplete picture of the problematique and a 
flawed vision of the future. It fails to take us beyond the desperate 
attempts to shoehorn the needs of people and planet into the 
fundamentally broken and misconceived economics of capitalism.


What’s supposedly so great about capitalism?

Whilst Chang is not arguing for an overthrow of capitalism he is 
scathing of our current neo-liberal version of it. For each of the 23 
‘things’ he starts with a short ‘What they tell you’ section laying out 
myths he then debunks. These myths are the sales-pitches whose combined 
narrative persuade us that we can’t possibly live without capitalism.


We are told that society does best where the interests of shareholders, 
not wider stakeholders’ are born in mind. But Chang refutes this in 
‘thing 2’. We are told that capitalism is the best system because it 
rewards those who are most productive. But in ‘thing 3’ Chang clearly 
debunks this myth. We are told that capitalism is the only system 
capable of producing the kinds of things we so badly need – like yet 
another version of the ipad. Again Chang debunks this in ‘thing 4’. We 
are told that individuals are inherently self-seeking and cannot 
co-operate (‘thing 5’) and so we need the market to ensure the highest 
wellbeing for society. Again this is debunked well and truly by Chang 
and numerous others.


Another common rationale for capitalism’s value are that only through 
continuing ‘creative destruction’ and economic ‘progress’, as defined as 
never ending growth, can we hope to satisfy human needs. The 
red-in-tooth-and-claw, ever competitive, ever striving for ‘more’ which 
is key to capitalism’s accumulation drive, is vital to ensure our 
wellbeing. Otherwise life would sink into a morass of Leviathan-esque 
life “solitary, poor, nasty, brutish and short”.


But these things are not true. Man can be co-operative and live in 
reciprocal manners. We are not rational, but we are not entirely 
irrational either. And the roles which the capitalist mode of production 
has given us, of labourer and capitalist, are far from the only natural 
order of things. Perhaps we no longer need to be dictated by the booms 
and busts of ever-striving profit and accumulation? Perhaps we can all 
be worker and boss? Perhaps we can plan our economies to serve the 
interests of all, not just of the 1%?


What Chang got right with his 23 things

Chang is correct about many of his ‘’things’. There is no such thing as 
a free market (thing 1), and so called ‘free-market’ policies cause far 
more harm than good, creating huge public bad and few public goods 
(things 6 and 7).


Companies should not be run in the interests of shareholders (thing 2). 
We are not smart enough to leave things to the market (thing 16), in any 
case our best markets are already very much planned economies (thing 19) 
and indeed more state-led markets give the best outcomes (things 12 and 21).


All of these challenge the underpinning narratives that keep capitalism 
‘credible’ (to some). The next three ‘Things they don’t tell you about 
capitalism’ suggest that an alternative to capitalism is both needed and 
possible.


Thing 24 – Growth does not equal happiness

Ever increasing economic growth (the rational for capitalism) long since 
ceased to bring increasing marginal returns to wellbeing. In the ‘rich 
world’ wellbeing has flat-lined since the 1970s. So in fact, all the 
extra growth and wealth we have accumulated since the 1970s could be 
distributed more fairly and could arguably satisfy all the basic needs 
of the worlds 7bn.


A few facts might help to make this point. The combined wealth of the 
world’s 500 wealthiest people is equal to that of the bottom 60% of the 
world’s population. The top 1% in the US have more wealth than the 
entire bottom 90%. Just one of these individuals’ wealth – say Warren 
Buffett’s – could increase the wealth of 1bn of the world’s poorest 
people by around 20%.


So the key rationale and driver of 

[Biofuel] Cyprus banks impose ATM withdrawal limit of 100 Euros per day - govt official

2013-03-25 Thread robert and benita rabello


Cyprus banks impose ATM withdrawal limit of 100 Euros per day - govt 
official


By RT

March 24, 2013 Information Clearing House -RT - All Cyprus local 
banks have imposed an ATM withdrawal limit of 100 euros per day to 
prevent a run on lenders, a government official told Reuters.


A spokesman for the country's second largest lender, Cyprus Popular 
Bank, said the new measure began at 1pm local time (11am GMT) and would 
remain in place until the bank reopens, or until confirmation of 
continued emergency funding from the European Central Bank. Cyprus 
Popular Bank had previously limited withdrawals to 260 euros per day.



A government official said the measure applied to all local banks on the 
island.



The news comes after Cypriot President Nicos Anastasiades took part in 
last-minute crisis talks with international lenders on Sunday, in an 
attempt to save the country from financial meltdown. The negotiations in 
Nicosia to seal a bailout from the EU and International Monetary Fund 
failed to reach a solution.


Anastasiades then headed to Brussels to hold talks with EU, European 
Central Bank and IMF leaders ahead of a crunch meeting of eurozone 
finance ministers.


Government spokesman Christos Stylianides said in a statement on Sunday 
that Anastasiades and his team have a very difficult task to accomplish 
to save the Cypriot economy and avert a disorderly default if there is 
no final agreement on a loan accord.



The news comes just one day after Cyprus and the Troika agreed to a 20 
per cent tax on deposits over 100,000 euros at the Bank of Cyprus and 4 
per cent on deposits held at other banks.


Unfortunately, the events of recent days have led to a situation where 
there are no longer any optimal solutions available. Today, there are 
only hard choices left, European Union Economic and Monetary Affairs 
Commissioner Olli Rehn said in a Saturday statement.


Cyprus is scrambling to come up with €5.8 billion by Monday, or face 
being kicked out of the Eurozone. The cash is a prerequisite for a 
further €10 billion in bailout funds.


Lawmakers' rejection of a previous proposal to tax all bank deposits 
prompted the European Central Bank to threaten to cut off emergency 
funding to Cypriot banks unless a deal was reached by March 25. Banks 
have been shut all week, and are due to reopen on March 26.


On Saturday, at least 1,000 bank workers in Cyprus hit the streets of 
the country’s capital of Nicosia. The demonstrators marched against the 
latest bailout measures taken by the country’s central bank.


Protesters carried banners that read, “Hands off provident funds” and 
“No to the bankruptcy of Cyprus.”


Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] WWIII Is Coming Soon Here's Why !

2013-03-25 Thread robert and benita rabello
With apologies in advance to Keith, who views the world in a much more 
optimistic light . . .


;)

WWIII Is Coming Soon  Here's Why !

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8on8Ri4pL_gfeature=player_embedded

Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Violence and Dignity – Reflections on the Middle East : Noam Chomsky

2013-03-25 Thread robert and benita rabello

Violence and Dignity – Reflections on the Middle East : Noam Chomsky

http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embeddedv=nZ0VzkahoGE


Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] Victory at Hand for the Climate Movement?

2013-03-25 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 3/25/2013 9:17 AM, Darryl McMahon wrote:
Somewhat in this vein, I stumbled across this site and publication 
recently.


http://www.corporateknights.com/

Seems to be North America centric, and Canada, if not Ontario, focused.

A victory for the environment from the corporate sector?  Probably 
not, but perhaps another signpost along that road.  If you believe in 
'greenvesting', such corporate ventures may be of interest.


I feel we need to provide companies (their board's and executives) 
that choose to do good as much protection from shareholders driving 
for short term returns as there is for companies to put money into 
Political Action Committees (PACs) or their equivalents.


This is all fine and good, but it sounds a little bit to me like a 
serial rapist confessing virtuous love for his wife. I get into many 
discussions with my right-wing friends and family over the issue of 
climate change, and while they're unanimously up in arms over all the 
severe, government environmental regulations that are supposedly 
strangling the economy, I look at what's going on and think, Why are 
you people upset? NOTHING is changing.  It's 'Drill, baby! Drill!' or 
'Pipelines create prosperity' wherever the government gets its greasy 
fingers into energy policy.


Perhaps I'm overly pessimistic. However, from my perspective, we 
need a fundamental restructuring of our social contract, our economic 
system and our attitudes toward sharing the world not only with other 
creatures, but other people, too.


--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] A Small Country With Big Problems

2013-03-25 Thread robert and benita rabello

This article comes from Charles Carson.  You can find the original here:

http://charlesecarlson.com/

Worldwide, stock and bond markets are convulsing over reports of 
financial failure in Cyprus, the little island that looks like a turtle  
with its long neck pointing at Turkey, a chip off the European Union, 
bitterly divided ethnically by warring factions, Its insolvent 
government and failing banks have anxious and hopeless depositors lining 
up at ATM machines all night long. Cyprus is a land of frozen assets and 
fear depositors can only say of the bankers, why did I trust their 
words?


A few miles East on the Mediterranean shore, is Tel Aviv, where it is 
business as usual. Israel was just honored by a visit from the U.S. 
President; Israel's secretly indebted banking system funds a militarist 
economy that boasts of power but leaks at every seam. It is the 
consummate actor, feigning prosperity while it hovers on the brink of 
national financial suicide.


Much like Cyprus, Israel is deeply dependent on tourist money for its 
day to day existence. It borrows with little future capacity to pay 
back, except by borrowing more. Israel is an economic fantasy; it lacks 
natural resources, water or arable land. Yet Israel has chosen to weigh 
itself down by a giant military machine, bigger and more costly than 
countries many times its size.


What keeps Israel going? Will it ever go belly up, like Cyprus? Israel 
is near becoming a three-time loser; it counts on surviving its next 
financial crisis by passing its losses on to unknowing Americans through 
their pension plans.


Who pays Israel's bills?  It has never been a secret that Israel has 
been kept alive from the beginning by the variously categorized 
donations from U.S. taxpayers, which the U.S. government calls foreign 
aid.  But due to the declining purchasing power of the Dollar, the more 
than $3 billion a year military aid is not nearly enough; Israel is 
looking for more money. It has always sold bonds to Jewish supporters 
worldwide. About a decade ago it initiated a plan to sell bonds to many 
more Americans, through states, cities, and retirement funds. These are 
dollars that keep U.S. local state government going, and must not be at 
risk.


Israel, a two-time loser with a secret to keep. We all know what happens 
to us if we continue borrowing; Israel knows, too. The bond sales must 
be paid back, or the maker must someday default. That is how bonds work 
because interest compounds on top of interest. This is what has happened 
to Cyprus banks.


What is little known, is that in its 65 year history, Israel has already 
reneged on its currency twice, washing away its debts by devaluing the 
underlying currency and then reissuing a new one, and pretending it 
never happened. Israel hides her financial history cleverly with half 
truths like this one: Israel has never missed an interest or principle 
payment on a bond. American state and local leaders accept, or pretend 
to believe, Israel's claim that it is solvent, and buy Israel's bonds 
(I-Bonds) with taxpayer money.


Many conscientious American Zionists bought Israeli bonds in its first 
20 years. I remember street sales in major cities. These bonds became 
worthless when Israel's money was devalued. Early investors have loyally 
kept Israeli's secret. They were small change compared to the money 
borrowing machine now at work worldwide.


The latest advertising by Israeli Development Corporation (IDC), an 
organization set up to market Israeli bonds, boasts that U.S. 2012 
Israel bond sales set a new record, with total investments exceeding 
$816 million. The sales represented a 29 percent increase over 2011. 
Worldwide sales also rose, surpassing $1.2 billion. It appears from 
this announcement that about 2/3 of Israel's bond sales are in the 
United States. This is in addition to the $3.0 billion in the foreign 
aid we are told the U.S. federal government gives to Israel every year.


The IDC also claims: Ohio Treasurer Josh Mandel completed the single 
largest Israel bond investment by a state --- a $42 million purchase 
that increased the total amount of Israel bonds in the Ohio Treasury's 
portfolio to over $80 million. Do Ohioans know this? IDC claims that 
some 80 cities and state governments and employee pension plans have now 
invested their taxpayers' money in Israeli bonds.


The January 1, 2013 Prospectus for Jubilee Seventh Series, Israel-Dollar 
bonds, obtained from IDC, discloses that in the last two years, they 
have sold $735 million of this one series in the U.S.  The Jubilee 
series introduced a new, audacious concept, in that they are not payable 
in Israeli money, but in U.S. dollars. And the prospectus warns in the 
last pages that no American has legal status to sue Israel for non-payment.


It is fundamental to understand that Israel can never repay I-Dollar 
bonds, or even the generous interest it offers, except by selling more 
and more 

[Biofuel] The Racism That Fuels the 'War on Terror'

2013-03-25 Thread robert and benita rabello

The Racism That Fuels the 'War on Terror'

A new Gallup poll finds a majority of Americans oppose the 
drone-executions of US citizens on foreign soil. Then why do they 
support the Awlaki killing?


By Glenn Greenwald

March 25, 2013 Information Clearing House -The Guardian -  A new 
Gallup poll released Monday morning has a surprising finding: a majority 
of Americans - while supporting air strikes in foreign countries against 
foreign nationals suspected of Terrorism - oppose such air strikes when 
used to target US citizens who are suspected Terrorists, whether at home 
or on foreign soil:

gallup awlaki

The reason this is surprising is that when the US actually killed a US 
citizen on foreign soil on the grounds that he was a suspected Terrorist 
- Anwar al-Awlaki - large majorities approved. One poll at the time 
reported that a large proportion of Americans believe the US Government 
made the correct decision in killing a US born Islamist militant in a 
drone strike last month - specifically, that 69 per cent of 
respondents think the action taken by the US Government to kill Anwar 
al-Awlaki was justified (that included 77% Republicans and 73% 
Democrats approving). Another poll at the time reported that Obama's 
approval ratings on national security increased eight points in the wake 
of the Awlaki killing. Meanwhile, Obama aides ran to Politico to boast 
that Awlaki's corpse would be a significant asset in Obama's re-election 
bid, leading to this Politico headline:

politico awlaki

What can explain this obvious discrepancy? How can it be that a policy 
which a majority of Americans oppose (killing Americans on foreign soil 
on the grounds of suspected Terrorism) was so popular and politically 
beneficial for Obama when it was actually done to Awlaki? I'm not 
speaking here about those who support the US Government's right to kill 
US citizens on foreign soil without a trial: people who believe that and 
support the Awlaki execution are at least being consistent. I'm focusing 
here on how it can be that a majority of Americans say they oppose 
having Americans so targeted on foreign soil yet still support the 
Awlaki killing.


There are several possible factors explaining this discrepancy. It is 
probably easier to oppose such killings when considered in the abstract 
than it is when asked specifically about a person like Awlaki who had 
been subjected to such an intense government and media demonization 
campaign. It's also possible that intervening events between these polls 
- particularly the Rand Paul filibuster - created unprecedented media 
debate about the dangers of Obama's claimed assassination powers and 
caused people to re-think their wisdom (that was the ground cited by the 
ACLU's Laura Murphy when she praised Paul's protest: As a result of 
Sen. Paul's historic filibuster, civil liberties got two wins: . . . 
Americans learned about the breathtakingly broad claims of executive 
authority undergirding the Obama administration's vast killing program).


But it seems clear there is a much more odious factor driving some of 
this. Many Americans can (a) say that they oppose the targeted killings 
of Americans on foreign soil while simultaneously (b) supporting the 
killing of Anwar al-Awlaki in Yemen because, for them, the term 
Americans doesn't include people like Anwar al-Awlaki. Americans 
means their aunts and uncles, their nice neighbors down the street, and 
anyone else who looks like them, who looks and seems American. They 
don't think those people - Americans - should be killed without charges 
by the US government if they travel on vacation to Paris or go to study 
for a semester in London. But the concept of Americans most definitely 
does not include people with foreign and Muslim-ish names like Anwar 
al-Awlaki who wear the white robes of a Muslim imam and spend time in a 
place like Yemen.


Legally - which is the only way that matters for this question - the 
New-Mexico-born Awlaki was every bit as much of an American citizen as 
the nice couple down the street. His citizenship was never legally 
revoked. He never formally renounced it. He was never charged with, let 
alone convicted of, any crime that could lead to the revocation of 
citizenship. No court ever considered revoking his citizenship, let 
alone did so. From a legal and constitutional perspective, there was not 
a single person more American than he. That's because those gradations 
of citizenship do not exist. One is either an American citizen or one is 
not. There is no such thing as more American or less American, nor 
can one's citizenship be revoked by presidential decree. This does not 
exist.


But the effort to depict Muslims as something other than real 
Americans has long been a centerpiece of the US political climate in 
the era of the War on Terror. When it was first revealed in 2005 that 
the Bush administration was spying on the communications of Americans 
without the warrants required 

[Biofuel] The Day That TV News Died

2013-03-25 Thread robert and benita rabello

The Day That TV News Died

By Chris Hedges

March 25, 2013 Information Clearing House -Truthdig - I am not sure 
exactly when the death of television news took place.


The descent was gradual---a slide into the tawdry, the trivial and the 
inane, into the charade on cable news channels such as Fox and MSNBC in 
which hosts hold up corporate political puppets to laud or ridicule, and 
treat celebrity foibles as legitimate news. But if I had to pick a date 
when commercial television decided amassing corporate money and 
providing entertainment were its central mission, when it consciously 
chose to become a carnival act, it would probably be Feb. 25, 2003, when 
MSNBC took Phil Donahue off the air because of his opposition to the 
calls for war in Iraq


Donahue and Bill Moyers, the last honest men on national television, 
were the only two major TV news personalities who presented the 
viewpoints of those of us who challenged the rush to war in Iraq. 
General Electric and Microsoft---MSNBC's founders and defense 
contractors that went on to make tremendous profits from the war---were 
not about to tolerate a dissenting voice. Donahue was fired, and at PBS 
Moyers was subjected to tremendous pressure. An internal MSNBC memo 
leaked to the press stated that Donahue was hurting the image of the 
network. He would be a difficult public face for NBC in a time of war, 
the memo read. Donahue never returned to the airwaves.


The celebrity trolls who currently reign on commercial television, who 
bill themselves as liberal or conservative, read from the same corporate 
script. They spin the same court gossip. They ignore what the corporate 
state wants ignored. They champion what the corporate state wants 
championed. They do not challenge or acknowledge the structures of 
corporate power. Their role is to funnel viewer energy back into our 
dead political system---to make us believe that Democrats or Republicans 
are not corporate pawns. The cable shows, whose hyperbolic hosts work to 
make us afraid self-identified liberals or self-identified 
conservatives, are part of a rigged political system, one in which it is 
impossible to vote against the interests of Goldman Sachs, Bank of 
America, General Electric or ExxonMobil. These corporations, in return 
for the fear-based propaganda, pay the lavish salaries of celebrity news 
people, usually in the millions of dollars. They make their shows 
profitable. And when there is war these news personalities assume their 
patriotic roles as cheerleaders, as Chris Matthews---who makes an 
estimated $5 million a year---did, along with the other MSNBC and Fox hosts.


It does not matter that these celebrities and their guests, usually 
retired generals or government officials, got the war terribly wrong. 
Just as it does not matter that Francis Fukuyama and Thomas Friedman 
were wrong on the wonders of unfettered corporate capitalism and 
globalization. What mattered then and what matters now is 
likability---known in television and advertising as the Q score---not 
honesty and truth. Television news celebrities are in the business of 
sales, not journalism. They peddle the ideology of the corporate state. 
And too many of us are buying.


The lie of omission is still a lie. It is what these news celebrities do 
not mention that exposes their complicity with corporate power. They do 
not speak about Section 1021 of the National Defense Authorization Act, 
a provision that allows the government to use the military to hold U.S. 
citizens and strip them of due process. They do not decry the trashing 
of our most basic civil liberties, allowing acts such as warrantless 
wiretapping and executive orders for the assassination of U.S. citizens. 
They do not devote significant time to climate scientists to explain the 
crisis that is enveloping our planet. They do not confront the reckless 
assault of the fossil fuel industry on the ecosystem. They very rarely 
produce long-form documentaries or news reports on our urban and rural 
poor, who have been rendered invisible, or on the wars in Iraq and 
Afghanistan or on corporate corruption on Wall Street. That is not why 
they are paid. They are paid to stymie meaningful debate. They are paid 
to discredit or ignore the nation's most astute critics of corporatism, 
among them Cornel West, Medea Benjamin, Ralph Nader and Noam Chomsky. 
They are paid to chatter mindlessly, hour after hour, filling our heads 
with the theater of the absurd. They play clips of their television 
rivals ridiculing them and ridicule their rivals in return. Television 
news looks as if it was lifted from Rudyard Kipling's portrait of the 
Bandar-log monkeys in The Jungle Book. The Bandar-log, considered 
insane by the other animals in the jungle because of their complete 
self-absorption, lack of discipline and outsized vanity, chant in 
unison: We are great. We are free. We are wonderful. We are the most 
wonderful people in all the jungle! We all say 

[Biofuel] Computer Woes

2013-03-19 Thread Robert and Benita Rabello

Hello everyone! Blessings to you!

My desktop computer experienced catastrophic failure yesterday and is 
now in the shop for repairs.  I'm posting via laptop, which is a bit 
clunky, and hope to have the ICH postings for the list back within a day 
or two.


Robert Luis Rabello

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] To Darryl, Robert, Sandbh and. . . .

2013-03-17 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 3/17/2013 9:30 AM, Chris Burck wrote:

I'd like to say thanks for your efforts with the daily postings.  It is
really appreciated.  Respect.

Was there a volunteer to handle Truthout?  I thought at one point I saw
someone say they'd step up but haven't really been able to stay on top of
it.

One thing I noticed, though, is that on the items you are posting Robert,
you seem to be omitting the step of heading them with the direct link?  I
know that for myself, the direct link is very helpful both for sharing  and
sometimes for viewing directly.


I've done that for the last couple of days because ICH has been 
under a hacker attack since posting a rather unflattering article about 
Israel.  Their URLs have suddenly become very large and take up multiple 
lines on the page.  I can include them, but I thought they looked messy.



 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] Clean-Car Battle Shows How to Fight for Emissions Reduction

2013-03-17 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 3/17/2013 7:59 AM, Dawie Coetzee wrote:

The motor industry have trained the environmental movement well.

Through the illusion of an adversorial relationship between industry and the 
state the motor industry had already been able to get well-meaning activists to 
hand them an unassailable position of power on a plate.


This has been happening for a LONG time, Dawie.  I vividly recall 
the foot-dragging and recalcitrance over emissions standards in 
California.  Rather than meaningful change, we've had a series of 
bandages applied to the environmental wound.  We have more cars now, 
more roads, and though pollution from unburnt hydrocarbons, carbon 
monoxide and NOx have diminished, the air is still filthy and industry 
has managed to avoid counting carbon dioxide as a regulated pollutant.


Look for further oligopalization of the motor industry, down to three or four 
players world-wide.
Look for increased volumes of production overall, increased new car sales, 
collapse of second-hand values, more frequent scrappage.


Why do you expect the latter to happen?  With the economic 
downturn, it makes more sense to let someone else handle the 
depreciation, which is the most significant cost of owning a new car.  
My father-in-law has to replace his broken-down truck, and we've FINALLY 
convinced him to go with something smaller and more economical.  We 
looked a lease-return and a new vehicle this afternoon, and by the time 
we were done, I was doing my best to talk him out of buying anything at 
all . . .




Look for greater travel distances, longer commutes, greater overall fuel 
consumption, more traffic.
Look for increased energy consumption through economic activity to service the 
needs induced by increased state-enforced dependency.


We don't have to go along with that sort of nonsense.  We can, and 
should, elect to live different lifestyles.



 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Twisting the Intel to Fit the Politics, The New Generation of Hypocrisy on Iran

2013-03-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

Twisting the Intel to Fit the Politics
The New Generation of Hypocrisy on Iran

By Ted Snider

March 15, 2013 Information Clearing House -Counterpunch - Though the 
recent nuclear talks with Iran ended with an apparent whiff of progress, 
and though the two sides have agreed to meet for further technical 
negotiations this month and then for political level talks next month, 
the U.S. continues to approach Iran with a hostility that can barely 
contain its hypocrisy.


The current generation of hypocrisy has three faces: Iran as a terror 
threat, Iran as a nuclear threat, and Iran's need to be monitored.


At the end of 2012, an astonishing and little noticed bill became law in 
America. The bill declares Iran's terrorist presence in Latin America. 
The bill gives the go ahead for the State Department to provide a 
strategy to address the threat of Iran's growing hostile presence and 
activity in the Western Hemisphere. It declares that the Quds Force of 
the Iranian Revolutionary Guard has boosted its presence in Latin 
America and that there is now direct Iranian government support of 
Hezbollah activities in South America.


The bill passed both houses and was signed into law by Obama on December 28.

According to Alex Main of the Center for Economic and Policy Research, 
the US government has produced no evidence for these claims. Despite the 
lack of evidence, Iran's terrorist presence in our hemisphere is now 
official. At the recent AIPAC conference, Vice President Joe Biden 
echoed these assertions. Iran, he said, is using terrorist proxies to 
spread violence in the region and beyond the region. . . . For too long, 
Hezbollah has [plotted] against innocents in Eastern Europe to East 
Africa; from Southeast Asia to South America. We know what Israel knows: 
Hezbollah is a terrorist organization.


American accusations that Iran is using Hezbollah as a terrorist proxy 
in Latin America are not new. In the 1990?s, America blamed attacks on 
the Israeli embassy and a Jewish community centre in Argentina on Iran. 
Then, as now, the claim was that Hezbollah was responsible for the 
bombings and that Iran was responsible for Hezbollah. But political 
scientist Stephen Zunes says that Despite longstanding investigations b 
Argentine officials, including testimony by hundreds of eyewitnesses and 
two lengthy trials, no convincing evidence emerged that implicated 
Hezbollah. As for Iran, William Brenick, who was chief of the political 
section of the U.S. Embassy in Buenos Aires and the primary Embassy 
contact for the investigation of the bombing, told Gareth Porter that 
the U.S. claim that Iran was behind the attack was based on a wall of 
assumptions.


But the only thing more shocking than the new law's baselessness is its 
hypocrisy. The hypocrisy takes two forms. First, it is America, not 
Iran, who is engaging in terrorism in the other's region. The Obama 
administration has admitted direct responsibility for a barrage of cyber 
attacks against Iran. The now best known is Stuxnet, the computer virus 
that infected Iran's centrifuges and sent them spinning wildly out of 
control and then playing back previously recorded tapes of normal 
operations which plant operators watched unsuspectingly while the 
centrifuges literally tore themselves apart. And Stuxnet, it turns out, 
was only the beginning. The New York Times has revealed that Obama 
ordered sophisticated attacks on the computers that run Iran's nuclear 
enrichment facilities. A virus much larger than Stuxnet, known as Flame, 
has attacked Iranian computers. This virus maps and monitors the system 
of Iranian computers and sends back intelligence that is used to prepare 
for cyber war campaigns like the one undertaken by Stuxnet. Officials 
have now confirmed that Flame is one part of a joint project of 
America's CIA and NSA and Israel's secret military unit 8200.


And America has been involved in not only cyber terrorism in Iran, but 
assassinations too. Since the beginning of 2010, there have been at 
least three assassinations and one attempted assassination of Iranian 
nuclear scientists. Two senior officials in the Obama administration 
have revealed to NBC news that the assassinations have been carried out 
by the People's Mujahadin of Iran, or the MEK. They also confirm that 
the MEK is able to carry out these sophisticated attacks because it is 
being financed, armed and trained by the Israeli Mossad and that the 
assassinations are being carried out with the awareness of the Obama 
administration.


But secondly, and more brazen, is the hypocrisy of the U.S. accusing 
Iran of terrorism in Latin America. How hypocritical is that accusation? 
Just check the living memory of virtually any country in Latin America. 
Ask Guatemalans about the coup that took out Jacobo Arbenz. Or ask 
Brazilians about the one that removed Goulart from power. Ask the 
Guyanese about Cheddi Jagan, or the Cubans about the attempts on 
Castro's life. Ask 

[Biofuel] Obama to Israel: `We got your back'

2013-03-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

Obama to Israel: `We got your back'

By Anne Gearan

March 15, 2013 Information Clearing House -Associated Press - 
WASHINGTON - In a display of unity between allies who often disagree, 
President Barack Obama assured Israel's visiting leader Monday that the 
United States will always have Israel's back, and said the U.S. and 
Israel agree that diplomacy is the best way to resolve the crisis over 
potential Iranian nuclear weapons.


Both the prime minister and I prefer to solve this diplomatically, 
Obama said as he and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu began 
several hours of White House consultations. The U.S. will consider all 
options in confronting what it sees as the unacceptable outcome of an 
Iranian bomb, Obama said.


Israel and America stand together, Netanyahu said. He added that 
Israel is a sovereign nation with the right to defend itself, a pointed 
reference to the main question hanging over Monday's high-stakes 
meeting: Whether to try to stop an Iranian bomb by with a military 
attack in the next several months.


Israel must remain the master of its fate, Netanyahu said.

Obama will try to persuade Netanyahu to slow quickening pressure among 
many in his hawkish government to attack Iran's disputed nuclear 
development sites. Obama is trying to avert an Israeli strike that could 
come this spring, and which the United States sees as dangerously premature.


The president is expected to tell Netanyahu in private at the White 
House that although the U.S. is committed to Israel's security it does 
not want to be dragged into another war. Obama is unlikely to spell out 
U.S. red lines that would trigger a military response, despite Israeli 
pressure to do so.


Obama previewed the Oval Office meeting with a speech Sunday to American 
supporters of Israel, a key constituency in this election year.


Obama said he doesn't want war but insists he would attack Iran if that 
was the only option left to stop that nation from getting a nuclear weapon.


Loose talk of war only plays into Iran's hands, Obama said.

U.S. officials believe that while Tehran has the capability to build a 
nuclear weapon, it has not yet decided to do so. They want to give 
sanctions time to pressure Iran to give up any military nuclear 
ambitions. Israel says the threat is too great to wait and many 
officials there are advocating a pre-emptive strike.


Obama did not directly call on Israel to stand down, and made a point of 
saying Israel should always have the right to defend itself as it sees fit.


That was the part of Obama's speech to the American Israel Public 
Affairs Committee that Netanyahu said he liked best. Speaking to 
reporters in Canada ahead of his arrival in the U.S., Netanyahu made no 
reference to the sanctions and diplomacy Obama emphasized.


Obama is unlikely to persuade Netanyahu that economic sanctions and 
diplomacy are enough to prevent Iran from getting a nuclear weapon, and 
he is unlikely to win any new concessions from Netanyahu on peace talks, 
the issue that drew bad blood between the two men in previous meetings 
and led the Israeli leader to publicly scold Obama last year.


Netanyahu has not publicly backed a military strike, but his government 
spurned arguments from top U.S. national security leaders that a 
preemptive attack would fail.


Now is not the time for bluster, Obama said. Now is the time to let 
our increased pressure sink in.


Israeli President Shimon Peres, who had a meeting with Obama Sunday, 
said he came out with the feeling that the man is determined to prevent 
Iran from attaining nuclear weapons.


Netanyahu was more subdued in reacting to Obama's comments Sunday, 
saying, more than everything, I value his statement that Israel must be 
able to protect itself from all threats.


Obama framed military force as a last resort, not the next option at a 
time when sanctions are squeezing Iran. He said just the talk of war has 
driven up the price of oil to the benefit of Iran.


Although Israel says it hasn't decided whether to strike, it has 
signaled readiness to do so within the next several months. The top U.S. 
military officer recently called a unilateral strike imprudent, a mild 
catchall for the chain-reaction of oil price hikes, Iranian retaliation, 
terror strikes and a possible wider Mideast war that U.S. officials fear 
could flow from an Israeli strike.


Israel says a nuclear-armed Iran would be a threat to its existence. It 
cites Iranian leaders' repeated calls for Israel's destruction, support 
for anti-Israel militant groups and its arsenal of ballistic missiles 
that are already capable of striking Israel. Israel also fears a nuclear 
Iran would touch off an atomic weapons race in a region hostile to 
Israel's existence.


Addressing the powerful pro-Israel lobby, Obama delivered messages to 
multiple political audiences: Israel, Iran, Jewish voters, a restless 
Congress, a wary international community and three Republican 
presidential 

[Biofuel] U.N. Drone Inquisitor Says It’s Time to End Robot War in Pakistan

2013-03-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

 U.N. Drone Inquisitor Says It’s Time to End Robot War in Pakistan

By Spencer Ackerman

March 14, 2013 Information Clearing House -Wired - - After days of 
meeting with Pakistani officials, the United Nations official 
investigating Washington’s global campaign of drone strikes attacked the 
legal and strategic basis for the robotic war in its biggest 
battlefield. And he raised doubts over whether Americans operating the 
drones can actually distinguish terrorists from average Pakistanis.


Ben Emmerson spent much of the week in Pakistan soliciting the views of 
senior government and elected officials about the drone strikes, part of 
his ongoing effort to investigate the relatively new method of targeted 
killing. He said in a statement on Friday that he also met with 
representatives of the tribal areas of western Pakistan that have borne 
the overwhelming brunt of the drone campaign. The officials underscored 
to Emmerson that Pakistan doesn’t consent to the U.S. drone effort, and 
denied extending the tacit consent that its military — with whom 
Emmerson did not consult — has previously provided.


“As a matter of international law the U.S. drone campaign in Pakistan is 
therefore being conducted without the consent of the elected 
representatives of the people, or the legitimate Government of the 
State,” Emmerson, the U.N. special rapporteur on human rights and 
counterterrorism, said in the statement. “It involves the use of force 
on the territory of another State without its consent and is therefore a 
violation of Pakistan’s sovereignty.”


Emmerson’s statement is carefully worded. He portrays himself as 
conveying Pakistan’s concerns, rather than vouching for their 
particulars. But it’s still the strongest statement yet by an 
international official calling for an end to a campaign of targeted 
killing that briefly flared back up earlier this year. And to call the 
strikes an unwarranted violation of Pakistan’s sovereignty is tantamount 
to saying the U.S. is waging a war of aggression.


“The Pashtun tribes of the FATA area have suffered enormously under the 
drone campaign,” Emmerson’s statement continues, referring to the tribal 
areas. “It is time for the international community to heed the concerns 
of Pakistan, and give the next democratically elected government of 
Pakistan the space, support and assistance it needs to deliver a lasting 
peace on its own territory without forcible military interference by 
other States.”


If the drone strikes continue into the next Pakistani government, 
Emmerson warned, the U.S. drone effort could further destabilize the 
nuclear power, undermining a key U.S. strategic goal at the heart of the 
drone strikes. He urged patience with a Pakistani military effort to 
eradicate al-Qaida’s allies in the tribal areas — one that official 
Washington has long since written off as unserious.


Significantly and subtly, Emmerson raised doubts over repeated U.S. 
claims that the targeting efforts behind the drones kill terrorists and 
spare civilians. Last month, Sen. Dianne Feinstein, the chairwoman of 
the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and a staunch drone 
advocate, claimed that the drones kill only “single digits” worth of 
civilians annually. Many of the CIA’s strikes, termed “signature 
strikes,” kill people believed to fit a pattern of extremist behavior, 
rather than killing specific, known terrorists.


Emmerson’s tribal contacts gave reason to doubt that westerners 
unfamiliar with the area would even be able to tell a terrorist from an 
average resident.


“In discussions with the delegation of tribal Maliks from North 
Waziristan the Special Rapporteur was informed that drone strikes 
routinely inflicted civilian casualties, and that groups of adult males 
carrying out ordinary daily tasks were frequently the victims of such 
strikes,” Emmerson continued. “They emphasized that to an outsider 
unfamiliar with Pashtun tribal customs there was a very real risk of 
misidentification of targets since all Pashtun tribesmen tended to have 
similar appearance to members of the Pakistan Taliban, including similar 
(and often indistinguishable) tribal clothing, and since it had long 
been a tradition among the Pashtun tribes that all adult males would 
carry a gun at all times. They considered that civilian casualties were 
a commonplace occurrence and that the threat of such strikes instilled 
fear in the entire community.”


As much as Emmerson will rely on the Obama administration for access 
concerning the drones during his inquiry, he’s given a major 
international platform to the victims and the critics of its robotic 
campaign. Emmerson told Danger Room last month that he endorsed John 
Brennan to run the CIA out of confidence that Brennan will rein in the 
drone effort. Now that Brennan’s at Langley, Emmerson will soon have his 
theory tested, having delivered a major public challenge to Washington.


Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your 

[Biofuel] Federal Judge Finds National Security Letters Unconstitutional, Bans Them

2013-03-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

Federal Judge Finds National Security Letters Unconstitutional, Bans Them

By Kim Zetter

March 15, 2013 Information Clearing House -Wired - Ultra-secret 
national security letters that come with a gag order on the recipient 
are an unconstitutional impingement on free speech, a federal judge in 
California ruled Friday.


U.S. District Judge Susan Illston ordered the government to stop issuing 
so-called NSLs across the board, in a stunning defeat for the Obama 
administration's surveillance practice. However, she also stayed her 
order for 90 days to give the government a chance to appeal to the Ninth 
Circuit Court of Appeals.


We are very pleased that the Court recognized the fatal constitutional 
shortcomings of the NSL statute, said EFF Senior Staff Attorney Matt 
Zimmerman, whose organization is representing a telecom that received an 
NSL in 2011. The government's gags have truncated the public debate on 
these controversial surveillance tools. Our client looks forward to the 
day when it can publicly discuss its experience.


The telecommunications company received the ultra-secret demand letter 
in 2011 from the FBI seeking information about a customer or customers. 
The telecom took the extraordinary and rare step of challenging the 
underlying authority of the National Security Letter, as well as the 
legitimacy of the gag order that came with it.


Both challenges are allowed under a federal law that governs NSLs, a 
power greatly expanded under the Patriot Act that allows the government 
to get detailed information on Americans' finances and communications 
without oversight from a judge. The FBI has issued hundreds of thousands 
of NSLs and been reprimanded for abusing them --- though almost none of 
the requests have been challenged by the recipients.


After the telecom challenged the NSL, the Justice Department took its 
own extraordinary measure and sued the company, arguing in court 
documents that the company was violating the law by challenging its 
authority.


The move stunned the Electronic Frontier Foundation, which is 
representing the anonymous telecom.


It's a huge deal to say you are in violation of federal law having to 
do with a national security investigation, says Zimmerman. That is 
extraordinarily aggressive from my standpoint. They're saying you are 
violating the law by challenging our authority here.


The case is a significant challenge to the government and its efforts to 
obtain documents in a manner that the EFF says violates the First 
Amendment rights of free speech and association.


It's only the second time that such a serious and fundamental challenge 
to NSLs has arisen. The first occurred in 2004 in the case of a small 
ISP owner named Nicholas Merrill, who challenged an NSL seeking info on 
an organization that was using his network. He asserted that customer 
records were constitutionally protected information.


But that issue never got a chance to play out in court before the 
government dropped its demand for documents.


With this new case, civil libertarians are getting a second opportunity 
to fight NSLs head-on in court.


NSLs are written demands from the FBI that compel internet service 
providers, credit companies, financial institutions and others to hand 
over confidential records about their customers, such as subscriber 
information, phone numbers and e-mail addresses, websites visited and more.


NSLs are a powerful tool because they do not require court approval, and 
they come with a built-in gag order, preventing recipients from 
disclosing to anyone that they have even received an NSL. An FBI agent 
looking into a possible anti-terrorism case can self-issue an NSL to a 
credit bureau, ISP or phone company with only the sign-off of the 
Special Agent in Charge of their office. The FBI has to merely assert 
that the information is relevant to an investigation into 
international terrorism or clandestine intelligence activities.


The lack of court oversight raises the possibility for extensive abuse 
of NSLs under the cover of secrecy, which the gag order only 
exacerbates. In 2007 a Justice Department Inspector General audit found 
that the FBI had indeed abused its authority and misused NSLs on many 
occasions. After 9/11, for example, the FBI paid multimillion-dollar 
contracts to ATT and Verizon requiring the companies to station 
employees inside the FBI and to give these employees access to the 
telecom databases so they could immediately service FBI requests for 
telephone records. The IG found that the employees let FBI agents 
illegally look at customer records without paperwork and even wrote NSLs 
for the FBI.


Before Merrill filed his challenge to NSLs in 2004, ISPs and other 
companies that wanted to challenge NSLs had to file suit in secret in 
court -- a burden that many were unwilling or unable to assume. But 
after he challenged the one he received, a court found that the 
never-ending, hard-to-challenge gag orders 

[Biofuel] Paid to Lose, The Progressive Movement is a PR Front for Rich Democrats

2013-03-16 Thread robert and benita rabello



Paid to Lose
The Progressive Movement is a PR Front for Rich Democrats

By John Stauber

March 15, 2013 Information Clearing House -Counterpunch - There is 
good news in the Boston Globe today for the managers, development 
directors, visionaries, political hacks and propaganda flacks who run 
the Progressive Movement.   More easy-to-earn and easy-to-hide soft 
money, millions of dollars,  will be flowing to them from super rich 
Democrats and business corporations.  It will come clean, pressed and 
laundered through Organizing for Action, the latest incarnation of the 
Obama Money Machine which has recently morphed into a nonpartisan 
non-profit corporation that will  ''strengthen the progressive movement 
and train our next generation of leaders.''


Does this information concern you?  If not, you need to get out of the 
propaganda bubble of your Progressive Movement echo chamber and think.  
Think hard.  Think about fundamental, radical, democratic, social and 
economic change, who might bring it about and how.  Ask yourself if the 
the rich elite, the 1%, are going to fund that.   Leave The Nation and 
Mother Jones on the shelf;  turn off Ed Schultz, Rachel Madow and Chris 
Hayes;  don't open that barrage of email missives from Alternet, Media 
Matters, MoveOn, and the other think tanks;  and get your head out of 
the liberal blogosphere for a couple days.  Clear your mind and consider 
this:


The self-labeled Progressive Movement that has arisen over the past 
decade is primarily one big propaganda campaign serving the political 
interests of the the Democratic Party's richest one-percent who created 
it.  The funders and owners of the Progressive Movement get richer and 
richer off Wall Street and the corporate system.  But they happen to be 
Democrats, cultural and social liberals who can't stomach Republican 
policies, and so after bruising electoral defeats a decade ago they 
decided to buy a movement, one just like the Republicans, a copy.


The Progressive Movement that exists today is their success story.  The 
Democratic elite created  a mirror image of the type of astroturf front 
groups and think tanks long ago invented, funded and promoted by the 
Reaganites and the Koch brothers.  The liberal elite own the Progressive 
Movement.  Organizing for Action, the non-partisan slush fund to train 
the new leaders of the Progressive Movement is just the latest big money 
ploy to consolidate their control and keep the feed flowing into the trough.


The professional Progressive Movement that we see reflected in the pages 
of The Nation magazine, in the online marketing and campaigning of 
MoveOn and in the speeches of Van Jones, is primarily a political public 
relations creation of America's richest corporate elite, the so-called 
1%, who happen to bleed Blue because they have some degree of social and 
environmental consciousness, and don't bleed Red.  But they are just as 
committed as the right to the overall corporate status quo, the 
maintenance of the American Empire, and the monopoly of the rich over 
the political process that serves their economic interests.


RICH DEMOCRATS TO PROGRESSIVES:  WE LOVE YOU, MAN!

After the 2000 presidential election, the Al Gore Hanging Chad Debacle, 
rich liberal Democratic elite began discussing, conspiring and 
networking together to try and make sure that no scruffy, radical  
political insurgency like the Nader 2000 campaign would again raise its 
political head.  They generally loved Al Gore, the millionaire 
technocrat, and they put in play actions which led to the creation of a 
movement of their own that aped the right wing's institutions.  They 
reached out to the well-paid professionals who ran the big environmental 
groups they already funded and owned,  and to other corporate reform and 
liberal media operations.They followed plans drawn up by Democratic 
Party insiders who wanted nothing more than to win elections, and who 
saw the need for the tools and groups and campaigns the Right wielded.  
They made it clear there would be wonderful financial rewards and career 
advancements for progressive leaders and their organizations who lined 
up with them.


The Progressive Movement we see today was created by a small group 
including Democratic political operatives and foundations including  
TIDES (formed in 1976), the millionaires and billionaires of the 
Democracy Alliance, (formed in 2005) and eventually the Obama machine.


After Al Gore's 2000 debacle, the rich liberal Democrats in the East and 
the West began to talk and meet.  The green elite funders and dot.com 
millionaires of the Bay Area solidified relationships with the Beltway 
think tanks, political consultants and and PR flacks.   Liberal 
Democratic Party players like MoveOn's co-founder Wes Boyd and TIDES 
Drummond Pike drew closer with others including the George Soros, John 
Podesta and Stanley Greenberg crowd.  The Democratic Party defeats in 
2002 and 2004 fueled 

[Biofuel] Praising the Troops for Defending Our “Rights” and “Freedoms”

2013-03-16 Thread robert and benita rabello

 Praising the Troops for Defending Our “Rights” and “Freedoms”

By Jacob G. Hornberger

March 15, 2013 Information Clearing House -fff - Have you ever 
wondered what people mean when they praise the troops in Iraq and 
Afghanistan for defending our rights and freedoms here at home? This is 
one of the most popular and important bromides of our time. Given that 
we hear it all the time, especially in church and at sporting events, 
wouldn’t it be good to contemplate what people mean by it?


I think everyone by now will agree that the 9/11 attacks were not the 
first stage of a giant terrorist invasion of the United States. It’s 
been 12 years since those attacks. That’s plenty of time for tens of 
thousands of transport ships carrying hundreds of thousands of 
terrorists to appear on the horizon on the eastern shore of the United 
States. Not even one transport ship carrying a few terrorists, much less 
tens of thousands that would be necessary for a successful conquest of 
the United States, has even departed from the Middle East on its way to 
the United States.


Yet, as a practical matter, the only way for Americans to lose their 
rights and freedoms would be for an army of terrorists to take control 
of the U.S. government and the levers of power, thereby being able to 
subjugate the entire nation to the will of the terrorists.


Oh sure, it’s entirely possible that a few terrorists can blow up a 
building or kill some people, but that, of course, is a far cry from 
conquering an entire nation and enslaving its citizenry.


Thus, the reality, notwithstanding all the hype and fear, is that the 
rights and freedoms of the American people are not in any danger 
whatsoever of being lost to the terrorists. That is, there is no army of 
hundreds of thousands of terrorists crossing the ocean in transport 
ships seeking to invade and conquer the United States.


As a matter of fact, such an endeavor would be so utterly difficult from 
a military standpoint that one can say with certainty that the chances 
of success would be virtually nil. After all, don’t forget that Hitler’s 
massive and powerful army couldn’t even cross the English Channel to 
invade and conquer England. Don’t forget also that the Allied invasion 
at Normandy involved around 150,000 troops and, even then, success was 
not guaranteed. Needless to say, there is no evidence whatsoever that 
150,000 terrorists are planning the much more difficult operation of 
successfully launching a military crossing of the Atlantic Ocean.


So, the fact is that American rights and freedoms are not in danger, at 
least not from the terrorists.


Thus, if American troops are not over there defending our rights and 
freedoms, what are they defending?


They’re defending the “right” and “freedom” of the U.S. government to be 
over there.  That’s what the fighting is all about.


On the one side, you have people over there saying to the U.S. 
government: “Get out of our part of the world. Deal with your own 
problems. Go home. Leave us alone. Take your soldiers and your CIA 
agents away. Stop funding our dictators. Don’t come back.”


On the other side, you have the U.S. government saying: “Not on your 
life. We have the ‘right’ to be over here, thousands of miles away from 
American shores. It’s our ‘right’ as Americans. We have the ‘right’ to 
impose sanctions and embargoes on you, to oust recalcitrant  dictators 
and install pro-U.S. dictators, to support pro-U.S. dictators with 
foreign aid, to invade and occupy your countries when necessary, to 
influence your elections with money paid to domestic groups, to kidnap, 
rendition, torture, and incarcerate people within your countries, and to 
do whatever else we want to you, your nation, and your government. Our 
right to do these things is part of our heritage of ‘freedom’ as 
Americans. You must submit to our will. It is for your own good. 
Otherwise, we will kill you, bomb you, and destroy your country until 
you do submit to our will.”


Thus, if Americans truly contemplated one of their favorite bromides — 
praising the troops for defending our rights and freedoms, they would 
realize that what they’re really referring to is the “right” and 
“freedom” of the president, the Pentagon, and the CIA to intervene in 
the affairs of other nations, not the rights and freedoms of the 
American people.


In fact, if Americans were to carefully contemplate that bromide, they 
would realize that the real danger to their rights and freedoms comes 
not from the terrorists but rather from the U.S. government itself. Our 
American ancestors understood this principle, which is precisely why 
they insisted on the passage of the Bill of Rights soon after the 
Constitution called the federal government into existence. Contrary to 
what many Americans think, the Bill of Rights doesn’t grant any rights 
to Americans. Instead, it protects the people’s preexisting rights from 
the federal government, which our ancestors viewed 

[Biofuel] Environmental Threats Could Push Billions Into Extreme Poverty, Warns UN

2013-03-14 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34303.htm



Environmental Threats Could Push Billions Into Extreme Poverty, Warns UN

UN's 2013 human development report urges action on climate change, 
deforestation and pollution before it is too late


By Claire Provost

March 14, 2013 Information Clearing House -The Guardian -  The 
number of people living in extreme poverty could increase by up to 3 
billion by 2050 unless urgent action is taken to tackle environmental 
challenges, a major UN report warned on Thursday.


The 2013 Human Development Report hails better than expected progress on 
health, wealth and education in dozens of developing countries but says 
inaction on climate change, deforestation, and air and water pollution 
could end gains in the world's poorest countries and communities.


Environmental threats are among the most grave impediments to lifting 
human development ... The longer action is delayed, the higher the cost 
will be, warns the report, which builds on the 2011 edition looking at 
sustainable development.


Environmental inaction, especially regarding climate change, has the 
potential to halt or even reverse human development progress. The number 
of people in extreme poverty could increase by up to 3 billion by 2050 
unless environmental disasters are averted by co-ordinated global 
action, said the UN.


Far more attention needs to be paid to the impact human beings are 
having on the environment. Climate change is already exacerbating 
chronic environmental threats, and ecosystem losses are constraining 
livelihood opportunities, especially for poor people. A clean and safe 
environment should be seen as a right, not a privilege.


The British prime minister, David Cameron, and US president Barack Obama 
have both made eradicating extreme poverty a key plank in their 
respective development agendas.


The proportion of people living under $1.25 a day is estimated to have 
fallen from 43% in 1990 to 22% in 2008, driven in part by significant 
progress in China. As a result, the World Bank last year said the 
millennium development goal to halve the proportion of people living in 
extreme poverty by 2015 had been met ahead of schedule.


Thursday's report says more than 40 countries have done better than 
previously expected on the UN's human development index (HDI), which 
combines measures of health, wealth and education, with gains 
accelerating over the past decade. Introduced in 1990, the index aims to 
challenge gross domestic product and other purely economic assessments 
of national wellbeing. Norway and Australia are highest in this year's 
HDI, while the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Niger are ranked lowest.


Some of the largest countries -- including Brazil, China, India, 
Indonesia, South Africa and Turkey -- have made the most rapid advances, 
it says, but there has also been substantial progress in smaller 
economies, such as Bangladesh, Chile, Ghana, Mauritius, Rwanda and 
Tunisia. This has prompted significant rethinking on routes to progress, 
says the report: The south as a whole is driving global economic growth 
and societal change for the first time in centuries.


The report points to cash-transfer programmes in Brazil, India and 
Mexico as examples of where developing countries have pioneered policies 
for advancing human development, noting how these efforts have helped 
narrow income gaps and improve the health and education prospects of 
poor communities. The presence of proactive developmental states, 
which seek to take strategic advantage of world trade opportunities but 
also invest heavily in health, education and other critical services, 
emerges as a key trend.


The rise of China and India, which doubled their per capita economic 
output in fewer than 20 years, has driven an epochal global 
rebalancing, argues the report, bringing about greater change and 
lifting far more people out of poverty than the Industrial Revolution 
that transformed Europe and North America in the 18th and 19th 
centuries. The Industrial Revolution was a story of perhaps 100 million 
people, but this is a story about billions of people, said Khalid 
Malik, lead author of the report.


The report singles out short-sighted austerity measures, inaction in 
the face of stark social inequalities, and the lack of opportunities for 
citizen participation as critical threats to progress -- both in 
developing countries and in European and North American industrial 
powers. Social policy is at least as important as economic policy, 
Malik told the Guardian. People think normally you're too poor to 
afford these things. But our argument is you're too poor not to.


He said more representative global institutions are needed to tackle 
shared global challenges. China, with the world's second largest economy 
and biggest foreign exchange reserves, has only a 3.3% share in the 
World Bank, notes the report, less than France's 4.3%. Africa, with a 
billion 

[Biofuel] Don’t Fall For Pentagon Spin

2013-03-14 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34300.htm



Don’t Fall For Pentagon Spin

Never mind what you heard about massive new cuts to the defense 
industry. Here's how contractors avoided calamity


By Ben Freeman

March 14, 2013 Information Clearing House -Salon - If you believe 
the hype, sequestration is going to deal a catastrophic blow to the 
politically powerful defense industry.


It’s a “doomsday mechanism,” former Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta 
declared. The Aerospace Industries Association (AIA) – the leading 
advocacy group for Pentagon contractors – has also warned of the 
allegedly dire consequences of sequestration for their industry (which 
receives nearly $1 billion a day from the Pentagon), expressing “extreme 
disappointment that sequestration was not averted.”


The political implications for the contractor lobby are just as 
calamitous, we’re told. Roll Call’s Eliza Newlin Carney says the 
enactment of sequestration “marks a moment of truth for an industry that 
has lost clout and allies on Capitol Hill, probably for good.”


And, of course, sequestration’s plan to reduce Pentagon spending by $492 
billion over the next nine years was the reason Democrats mistakenly 
believed Republicans would seek to avoid it at all costs.


Don’t believe the hype

The truth? We’re watching a political magic trick. Right now, we’re at 
the part of the show where it appears Congress and the President sawed 
through Pentagon contractors. They’re moaning and complaining – giving 
the audience a good show – but fear not, contracts will be just fine.


This is largely because of the rock solid foundation the industry is 
standing on. Every year for the last five years the Pentagon has doled 
out at least $360 billion to contractors. In fact, every year since the 
war in Afghanistan began contractors have received more than half of the 
Pentagon’s total budget. In other words, contractors have received more 
taxpayer money than the Department of Defense’s civilian employees and 
nearly 1.4 million active duty military personnel combined.


All that money has really added up. So much so that Pentagon contractors 
are sitting on a backlog of contracts worth nearly as much as the 
entirety of Pentagon sequestration.


In other words, even if contractors absorbed all of the Pentagon 
sequestration cuts, they’d still be on track to receive more than $300 
billion a year in new contracts, which is more than double what any 
other country in the world spends on its military.


Does any of this sound catastrophic?

Behind the Curtain

We, the naïve audience of taxpayers (who are, of course, paying for this 
whole show), are supposed to believe the victim has been eviscerated. 
Once we pull the curtain back, however, we’ll see the truth behind the 
trick: contractors may have been a target of sequestration, but they’re 
still winning the war for the Pentagon’s budget.


To be clear, the contractor lobby didn’t take the hit from sequestration 
on March 1, but on August 2, 2011 when the Budget Control Act of 2011 
was enacted and included cuts to Pentagon spending as a punishment for 
Congressional inaction. Unfortunately for the contractor lobby, inertia 
is the norm for a Congress that hasn’t passed an actual budget in nearly 
four years. For many policymakers sequestration became the best, worst 
option. Most Members of Congress got at least something they wanted by 
doing what Congress does best – nothing.


But, even with the enactment of sequestration, contractors can rest 
assured of their preeminent role in the Pentagon’s budget. They’re being 
protected as much as possible from all sides – the Secretary of Defense, 
Hawks on the Hill, the Department of Defense Comptroller, and the White 
House.


Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel said during his confirmation hearing, 
“The continuing health of the industrial base will be a high priority 
for me.”


And despite sequestration, hawks are far from an endangered species on 
Capitol Hill. John McCain (R-AZ), for example, remained an especially 
ardent opponent of Pentagon cuts, arguing that it would “significantly 
impact our industrial capabilities.”


Then there’s Pentagon Comptroller Robert Hale, who said in a 
sequestration briefing on February 20, “I don’t anticipate that we will 
cancel many, if any, contracts…And, I would like to say to reassure them 
[contractors], if you’ve got a contract with us, we’re going to pay you.”


But to truly understand the situation, consider that the White House 
recently issued sequestration guidance which allows agencies to award 
new contracts for “high-priority initiatives.” Given that, among other 
boondoggles, the Pentagon recently spent taxpayer money on an app that 
lets you know when it’s time for a coffee break (how would you possibly 
know otherwise?) and $1.5 million to develop its own brand of beef jerky 
(99 cents Slim-Jim’s just weren’t cutting it), the bar for qualifying as 
a “high priority 

[Biofuel] Rand Paul Exposes the Democrats

2013-03-14 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34302.htm

Rand Paul Exposes the Democrats

Rand Paul was denounced as the wrong man with the right message, but 
most Democrats were too craven to deliver any message at all on the high 
crimes of their president and his killing assistant. At the end of the 
day, only two Democrats (Ron Wyden, Jeff Merkley) and independent Bernie 
Sanders joined Republicans in opposing Brennan's nomination.


By Margaret Kimberley

The Democratic Party is actually a partner with the Republicans working 
against the aims of achieving a peaceful and just country and world.




March 14, 2013 Information Clearing House -Black Agenda Report - 
Republican Senator Rand Paul is a Kentucky conservative, and a proud Tea 
Party member. Paul publicly stated that he opposes the Civil Rights act 
of 1964, the legislation which at last gave some semblance of legal 
rights to black Americans. Paul typifies all of the beliefs central to 
right wing Republican dogma. He is against civil rights and a staunch 
opponent of abortion, a proud poster child for retrograde politics.




Yet when members of the United States Senate had the opportunity to 
stand against an imperial president claiming a right to murder, it was 
Paul instead of supposedly liberal Democrats who took to the Senate 
floor for thirteen hours in an act of protest against what ought to be a 
high crime.


Rand Paul proved that there is almost no one charged with upholding the 
Constitution who will actually do it. Democrats attacked the Bush 
administration when it claimed a right to designate anyone an enemy 
combatant and destroy their rights to due process. But in a twist 
reminiscent of Alice falling down the rabbit hole, it is now Democrats 
who stand idly by while both domestic and international law is torn 
asunder by one of their own.


In an example of politics making strange bedfellows, leftists can thank 
Paul for proving a point they have been making for years. The Democratic 
Party is not just ineffectual, it is actually a partner with the 
Republicans working against the aims of achieving a peaceful and just 
country and world. The Democratic Party still garners support because of 
an old and undeserved reputation as the champion of civil rights and 
workers and as the party of peace. Democrats are seen as the last 
bulwark against the barbarian Republicans at the gates. In point of fact 
the Democrats have a long history of making war around the world and of 
doing the right thing at home only when forced by the actions of masses 
of people.


It is now Democrats who stand idly by while both domestic and 
international law is torn asunder by one of their own.


Barack Obama claims that he and a super secret group of terrorism 
experts and lawyers can determine that he has a right to label anyone 
a terrorist and then order that person to be executed. Paul used the 
president's nomination of John Brennan for the position of CIA director 
as an opportunity to bring attention to what should be an outrage -- as 
counter terrorism czar Brennan took responsibility for creating the now 
infamous Obama administration kill list.


Actually, it was the president himself who used willing reporters at the 
New York Times to claim responsibility for deciding who to kill and how 
to kill them. When a few eyebrows were raised Brennan suddenly said that 
he was in fact the architect of death. It isn't clear if the 
administration was lying with the first statement or the second.


The right wing southerner exposed the cravenness of the Democratic 
politicians and the blatant hypocrisy of progressives. Why was the Tea 
Party conservative alone in asking attorney general Eric Holder if the 
president claimed the right to kill United States citizens on American 
soil? That question should have been on the lips of every member of 
Congress, not just a man who had been dismissed as a racist and a crackpot.


Of course, Paul is a racist and he would move the country's political 
life back to the 1950s, a time when white people didn't have to deal 
with black people unless they wanted to. It is sad that it is this man 
who attempted to get even a vaguely worded and troubling denial from 
Holder who, despite what liberals think, stated clearly that the 
president has the right to kill Americans in America if he says they are 
terrorists.  'Does the president have the authority to use a weaponized 
drone to kill an American not engaged in combat on American soil?' The 
answer to that question is no.' In other words, if Obama says someone 
is engaged in combat on American soil, that person can be killed on his 
orders. White House press secretary Jay Carney tried to make Holder say 
something he didn't. The president has not and would not use drone 
strikes against American citizens on American soil.


The right wing southerner exposed the cravenness of the Democratic 
politicians and the blatant hypocrisy of progressives.


The 

[Biofuel] Going Against the Grain

2013-03-14 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34290.htm

Going Against the Grain

Al-Jazeera Video Report

Journalist Gideon Levy is arguably the most hated man in Israel for his 
reports on the occupied Palestinian territories.


Posted March 13, 2013



Filmmaker: Bilal Yousef

Gideon Levy is someone who evokes strong emotions from fellow Israelis.

The writer and journalist has made weekly visits, over the past three 
decades, to the occupied Palestinian territories, describing what he 
sees - plainly and without propaganda.


For some Israelis, he is seen as a brave disseminator of the truth. But 
many others condemn him as a propagandist for Hamas. And his columns for 
the Tel Aviv-based Haaretz newspaper have made him, arguably, one of the 
most hated men in Israel.


When I joined Haaretz newspaper, I started to visit the occupied 
territories, Levy says. I immediately realised this was what I wanted 
to do; to understand the brutality and inhumanity of the Israeli 
occupation.


I figured out three things. First, this was the biggest drama facing 
the state of Israel. Second, this story was not being covered by the 
Israeli media. And third, this was going to be my life mission - to 
report about the Israeli occupation to Israeli readers who did not want 
to know what was really happening there.


Over the years, Levy's stories have shed light on the realities 
Palestinians face on a daily basis.


One of his earlier reports, 'Death of a baby' in 1996, told of an 
incident involving the Abu Dahouk family. They were stopped at a 
checkpoint on their way to a hospital. Israeli soldiers delayed the 
family including a heavily pregnant Fayzeh Abu Dahouk, who ended up 
delivering her baby in the backseat of the car.


The baby, who she hoped to name Yousef, died a couple of days later.

Levy wrote at the time: Who the hell are they? Who are those soldiers 
who saw Fayzeh Abu Dahouk in pain as she delivered her baby in her 
brother-in-law's car. Who are those soldiers who didn't let her pass to 
reach the hospital?


Who are those soldiers who made Fayzeh have to wrap her baby in her 
clothes and walk two kilometres to reach the hospital?


Levy's reports have told of young Palestinians gunned down by Israeli 
soldiers after being accused of throwing stones; the lack of retribution 
against soldiers who kill Palestinians in cold blood; and the plight of 
Palestinian farmers, who make their livelihoods from olive trees, but 
who have had them burned and destroyed by settlers time and time again.


Many in Israel have criticised Levy's reporting, saying that he and his 
colleagues are responsible for reinforcing anti-Semitism around the world.


But others see Levy as an individual who is courageously going against 
the common views of the society in which he lives.


History has witnessed worse and more brutal occupiers than the 
Israelis. But I've never heard about an occupation that believes it is 
the victim. And the only victim, he says.


I sometimes feel ashamed of what is being done on our behalf. I feel 
really guilty towards the Palestinians. I think we are doing terrible 
things to them.


Going Against the Grain follows Gideon Levy on one of his assignments in 
Hebron, and meets some of the ordinary Palestinians whose lives he has 
described in his regular column for Haaretz.


--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Ex-ISI Chief Sees Civil War in Pakistan After US Afghan Pullout

2013-03-14 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34293.htm

Ex-ISI Chief Sees Civil War in Pakistan After US Afghan Pullout

By KHALID KHURSHID

March 14, 2013 Information Clearing House -Arab News -  Gen. Hamid 
Gul, a former chief of the Inter-Services Intelligence of Pakistan and 
one of the architects of Afghan Jihad possesses a rich knowledge about 
Pakistan's politics and its relationship with Afghanistan. In a 
wide-ranging interview with Urdu News, he spoke about the ramifications 
of the US withdrawal from Afghanistan for the neighboring countries and 
the Muslim world. The pullout will have a major impact on Pakistan that 
may even lead to civil war, Gul said adding the withdrawal will create a 
vacuum where some miscreants will take advantage of the situation.


Pakistan being the immediate neighbor will have to bear the brunt. The 
Arab Spring has sprung many surprises and after sweeping Tunisia, Egypt, 
Libya and Syria it may now be happening in Jordan, Gul said. He said 
Al-Qaeda has been the main beneficiary of the Arab Spring and has grown 
stronger.


About the role the GCC countries can play in the current situation, Gul 
said GCC countries and Pakistan should forge closer relationship. He 
said Americans are working to normalize relations with Iran but at the 
same time they are trying to drive a wedge between Iran and GCC countries.


Muslims should realize that they are not weak, they are strong. They 
have oil and other resources. The situation now is in favor of Muslims 
and not the West. After the US pullout from Afghanistan, NATO will 
disintegrate as an entity.


Gul said the Muslim world has suffered a lot due to the war on terror 
and now it is time for Muslims to take serious decisions.


He said Muslim countries should fill the vacuum in Afghanistan after the 
withdrawal of US troops and work for the development of the country. Gul 
suggested that Muslim countries should form an institution more 
effective and powerful than the OIC. This organization should not only 
pass resolutions but should also have the authority and the means to get 
these resolutions implemented. Muslims should give the international 
community a new socio-economic world order. This was done by the Prophet 
(peace be upon him) 1,400 years ago and following him the Muslim world 
can unite and do it.


Regarding the Abbottabad Commission that is probing Osama Bin Laden's 
issue, Gul said it is a fact that Osama had not been living in the 
Abbottabad compound since long, his family members were there. He said 
the operation was carried out with the cooperation from Pakistan. He 
refused to say who cooperated.


Speaking about the Indian role in Afghanistan, the former ISI chief said 
India is responsible for the worsening situation in the region. He said 
Israel is backing India and both enjoy the backing of the US. India 
wants its hegemony in the region and Americans think that after 
withdrawal from Afghanistan, China and Russia will get the benefits so 
it is backing India.


About the situation in Balochistan, Gul said it is getting from bad to 
worse. He also said that drone attacks were aimed at weakening Pakistan 
to pave the way for a greater plan.


GCC countries can play a role in convincing India that better relations 
with Pakistan is in its interest.


About talks with Taleban, Gul said they would be fruitless if held under 
the American agenda.


The Afghans are capable of handling their own issues. Pakistan should 
not meddle in their affairs. World peace depends on peace in Afghanistan.


About the presence of Al-Qaeda, Gul said very few Al-Qaeda members were 
in Pakistan. Al-Qaeda leader Ayman Al-Zawahiri had moved to Yemen 
already, he said.


Speaking about the pre-election situation in Pakistan, the former ISI 
chief said there could be law and order issue as the army has refused to 
guarantee security at all polling stations. He said security in the 
country worsened during the five years of democracy and only a 
revolution can change things. Gul felt that the Western democratic 
system was a failure for Pakistan. During the tenure of the democratic 
government, economy has been destroyed, Gul said.


--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Assad Preparing to Use Chemical Arms, says Israel's Military Intel Chief

2013-03-14 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34298.htm

War Pimp Alert

Assad Preparing to Use Chemical Arms, says Israel's Military Intel Chief

Maj. Gen. Kochavi tells Herzliya Conference Syria's president has yet to 
give order to use the weapons, but preparations for use are advanced; on 
Iran, says Tehran does not think attack on nuclear facilities is likely 
anytime soon.


By Gili Cohen

March 14, 2013 Information Clearing House -Haaretz - The head of 
Israel's military intelligence, Maj. Gen. Aviv Kochavi, said on Thursday 
that Syrian President Bashar Assad is preparing to make use of his 
chemical weapons cache, although he has yet to give an order for them to 
be used.


Syria is no longer a whole country, Kochavi, told the 13th Annual 
Herzliya Conference. Instead Syria should be seen as two countries, one 
belonging to Assad and the other to the rebels, he said, with the caveat 
that this was a slight exaggeration of the situation. Much of the 
country is now under rebel control, including areas on the outskirts of 
Aleppo, Kochavi added.


In fighting the Syrian opposition, the Assad regime has increased its 
use of advanced weaponry against civilians themselves. Signs of the 
uptick in violence include the Syrian military's use of Scud and M-600 
missiles on populated areas of the country. To date, the number of such 
rockets fired on civilians stands at 70, Kochavi said.


Iran and Hezbollah's efforts to stabilize the country are also on the 
increase, according to the intelligence chief. Hundreds of fighters from 
a special Hezbollah unit are on Syrian soil today. Some have lost their 
lives in battles with the rebels. Those who perished have been buried in 
secret so that their identities would not become public, Kochavi told 
the conference.


Aside from these operatives, a Syrian people's army has been active in 
the country for the past six months. The group comprises some 50 
thousand people, operates alongside the Syrian military, and is trained 
by Hezbollah operatives with Iranian funding.


Kochavi also addressed Iran's nuclear program. According to Israeli 
estimates, the regime has still not made a decision to produce a nuclear 
bomb. Although, Kochavi added, that is where it is heading.


Iran does not expect an assault by the international community on its 
nuclear facilities, not in the foreseeable future, Kochavi said. The 
main challenge to Tehran's nuclear program is the survival of Iranian 
President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad's regime.


The weight of sanctions against the country will become an increasingly 
decisive consideration in Iran's decision, he added, although, so far 
it has not caused them to change their policies. As long as Iran does 
not see a high likelihood of attack against its nuclear facilities, 
Iran under pressure will continue to advance its nuclear plans, 
Kochavi said.


© Haaretz Daily Newspaper Ltd. All Rights Reserved

--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] The Crucifixion of Tomas Young

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34257.htm

The Crucifixion of Tomas Young

By Chris Hedges

March 11, 2013 Information Clearing House - TruthDig -- KANSAS CITY, 
Mo.---I flew to Kansas City last week to see Tomas Young. Young was 
paralyzed in Iraq in 2004. He is now receiving hospice care at his home. 
I knew him by reputation and the movie documentary Body of War. He was 
one of the first veterans to publicly oppose the war in Iraq. He fought 
as long and as hard as he could against the war that crippled him, until 
his physical deterioration caught up with him.


I had been toying with the idea of suicide for a long time because I 
had become helpless, he told me in his small house on the Kansas City 
outskirts where he intends to die. I couldn't dress myself. People have 
to help me with the most rudimentary of things. I decided I did not want 
to go through life like that anymore. The pain, the frustration. ...


He stopped abruptly and called his wife. Claudia, can I get some 
water? She opened a bottle of water, took a swig so it would not spill 
when he sipped and handed it to him.


I felt at the end of my rope, the 33-year-old Army veteran went on. I 
made the decision to go on hospice care, to stop feeding and fade away. 
This way, instead of committing the conventional suicide and I am out of 
the picture, people have a way to stop by or call and say their 
goodbyes. I felt this was a fairer way to treat people than to just go 
out with a note. After the anoxic brain injury in 2008 [a complication 
that Young suffered] I lost a lot of dexterity and strength in my upper 
body. So I wouldn't be able to shoot myself or even open the pill bottle 
to give myself an overdose. The only way I could think of doing it was 
to have Claudia open the pill bottle for me, but I didn't want her 
implicated.


After you made that decision how did you feel? I asked.

I felt relieved, he answered. I finally saw an end to this 
four-and-a-half-year fight. If I were in the same condition I was in 
during the filming of 'Body of War,' in a manual chair, able to feed and 
dress myself and transfer from my bed to the wheelchair, you and I would 
not be having this discussion. I can't even watch the movie anymore 
because it makes me sad to see how I was, compared to how I am. ... 
Viewing the deterioration, I decided it was best to go out now rather 
than regress more.


Young will die for our sins. He will die for a war that should never 
have been fought. He will die for the lies of politicians. He will die 
for war profiteers. He will die for the careers of generals. He will die 
for a cheerleader press. He will die for a complacent public that made 
war possible. He bore all this upon his body. He was crucified. And 
there are hundreds of thousands of other crucified bodies like his in 
Baghdad and Kandahar and Peshawar and Walter Reed medical center. 
Mangled bodies and corpses, broken dreams, unending grief, betrayal, 
corporate profit, these are the true products of war. Tomas Young is the 
face of war they do not want you to see.


On April 4, 2004, Young was crammed into the back of a 
two-and-a-half-ton Army truck with 20 other soldiers in Sadr City, Iraq. 
Insurgents opened fire on the truck from above. It was like shooting 
ducks in a barrel, he said. A bullet from an AK-47 severed his spinal 
column. A second bullet shattered his knee. At first he did not know he 
had been shot. He felt woozy. He tried to pick up his M16. He couldn't 
lift his rifle from the truck bed. That was when he knew something was 
terribly wrong.


I tried to say 'I'm going to be paralyzed, someone shoot me right now,' 
but there was only a hoarse whisper that came out because my lungs had 
collapsed, he said. I knew the damage. I wanted to be taken out of my 
misery.


His squad leader, Staff Sgt. Robert Miltenberger, bent over and told him 
he would be all right. A few years later Young would see a clip of 
Miltenberger weeping as he recounted the story of how he had lied to Young.


I tried to contact him, said Young, whose long red hair and flowing 
beard make him look like a biblical prophet. I can't find him. I want 
to tell him it is OK.


Young had been in Iraq five days. It was his first deployment. After 
being wounded he was sent to an Army hospital in Kuwait, and although 
his legs, now useless, lay straight in front of him he felt as if he was 
still sitting cross-legged on the floor of the truck. That sensation 
lasted for about three weeks. It was an odd and painful initiation into 
his life as a paraplegic. His body, from then on, would play tricks on him.


He was transferred from Kuwait to the U.S. military hospital at 
Landstuhl, Germany, and then to Walter Reed, in Washington, D.C. He 
asked if he could meet Ralph Nader, and Nader visited him in the 
hospital with Phil Donahue. Donahue, who had been fired by MSNBC a year 
earlier for speaking out against the war, would go on, with Ellen Spiro, 

[Biofuel] Police Use of Military Technology Tactics

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34266.htm

Police Use of Military Technology  Tactics

By ACLU

March 12, 2013 Information Clearing House - NEW YORK -- American Civil 
Liberties Union affiliates in 23 states today simultaneously filed more 
than 255 public records requests to determine the extent to which local 
police departments are using federally subsidized military technology 
and tactics that are traditionally used overseas.


Equipping state and local law enforcement with military weapons and 
vehicles, military tactical training, and actual military assistance to 
conduct traditional law enforcement erodes civil liberties and 
encourages increasingly aggressive policing, particularly in poor 
neighborhoods and communities of color, said Kara Dansky, senior 
counsel for the ACLU's Center for Justice. We've seen examples of this 
in several localities, but we don't know the dimensions of the problem.


The affiliates filed public records requests with local law enforcement 
agencies seeking information on the use of:


Special Weapons and Tactics teams, including:

Number and purpose of deployments

Types of weapons used during deployments

Injuries sustained by civilians during deployments

Training materials

Funding sources.

Cutting edge weapons and technologies, including:

GPS tracking devices

Unmanned aerial vehicles, or drones

Augmented detainee restraint, or shock-cuffs

Military weaponry, equipment, and vehicles obtained from or funded 
by federal agencies such as the Departments of Defense and/or Homeland 
Security.


Affiliates filed a second request with state National Guards seeking 
information regarding:


Cooperative agreements between local police departments and the 
National Guard counter-drug program.


Incidents of National Guard contact with civilians.

The American people deserve to know how much our local police are using 
military weapons and tactics for everyday policing, said Allie Bohm, 
ACLU advocacy and policy strategist. The militarization of local police 
is a threat to Americans' right to live without fear of military-style 
intervention in their daily lives, and we need to make sure these 
resources and tactics are deployed only with rigorous oversight and 
strong legal protections.


The affiliates which filed public records requests are: Arizona, 
Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Maine, Massachusetts, 
Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Jersey, North 
Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Texas, Utah, 
Washington, West Virginia and Wisconsin.


Once the information has been collected and analyzed, if needed, the 
ACLU will use the results to recommend changes in law and policy 
governing the use of military tactics and technology in local law 
enforcement.


More information can be found here:
www.aclu.org/militarization

 


Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


[Biofuel] Ashamed To Be An American?

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34279.htm

Ashamed To Be An American?

By Timothy Gatto

March 12, 2013 Information Clearing House - What in the world is going 
on in the west? I'm talking about Europe and America and all the players 
in the Middle East and Africa. The entire scenario smells like rotten 
fish (more like decaying bodies). I'm tired of holding my tongue and 
reading the drivel and watching the charade on television. The truth is 
that everything you are hearing is a lie and lies of the greatest magnitude.


First of all this War on Terror is completely fabricated to keep the 
American war machine going. The bluster about this sequester is 
designed to keep pumping your tax dollars into the American war machine. 
We spend 711 Billion dollars on the basic defense budget. That's 
$711,000,000,000.00. Could you imagine what we could do with just half 
that amount being put back into this nation's infrastructure and 
manufacturing base, maybe a few billion for building schools and a few 
billion for cancer research? Forget it. The powers that be don't want 
that. They want that money to go to the defense industries in their 
States. That's the whole story.


This entire government is totally corrupt and deceitful. This money 
isn't for Defense. It's being used for military conquest and to get 
other nations to give us their resources. This is Gun Barrel 
Diplomacy. Obama isn't a liberal, peace loving man; he's a tool of the 
system. This is the system that they make us vote for every few years. 
It's corrupt and completely fraudulent.


We destroyed Libya, we are in the process of destroying Syria, and we 
are waving missiles and air strikes at Iran. Everyone wonders why North 
Korea started building and testing nukes. Look, if I were the President 
or leader of a nation on the wrong side of the USA and NATO, I'd be 
looking at building a few too. America has no respect for the 
sovereignty of other nations. That's no joke; they have proved over and 
over again that they do whatever they believe is necessary.


Then they tell the American public that it's in response to protecting 
our national security. The talking heads on TV repeat the government's 
position verbatim. The very worst is CBS's Scott Pelley. He calls 
Syria's Bashir al Assad The Dictator every time he's mentioned. 
Meanwhile reporters on his own station reporting from Syria are telling 
him that most of the time they don't knows who blew something up or 
killed a bunch of civilians. Pelley just goes on and on about how The 
Dictator is killing his own people.


What's so bad about that is that millions of Americans that spend most 
of their day working for a living get their news from the major 
networks. CBS has a long history of exposing the truth about world 
events and has embarrassed many Administrations. Not anymore. They are 
now the mouthpieces for the government, no more, no less. They lie with 
straight faces when most of them know what they are saying is false. 
They should be investigated.


Who will investigate them? The FCC? They work for this corrupt lying 
government too. This is quite a quandary, isn't it? We have no 
independent news anymore. We might as well be Russians in the 70's 
reading Pravda.


Besides all of the lies they tell you in the media, most of the people 
in this country think we are going broke. We have the largest economy in 
the entire world and most Americans think we are going broke. It's no 
wonder half this country is on anti-depressants. The powers that be want 
it this way; they want a docile, drugged-up population that believes 
everything they tell them.


Forget about the fact that we invaded Iraq and killed hundreds of 
thousands of their citizens based on a lie. The entire world turned 
their heads when we committed that act of aggression that was definitely 
against everything in the Geneva Convention. They should just scrap the 
Geneva Convention. When NATO obliterated Libya that was unlawful and 
against all International law. Meanwhile, the tool of the powers that 
be, President Obama, said he did it on Humanitarian Grounds. There was 
no consent from our inept Congress; he just did what he wanted to do. 
The cackling Hillary Clinton laughed when she heard that Gadhafi had a 
machete shoved up his ass.


Meanwhile the American people are catching on. I see it every day. 
People are starting to finally get it. Most people I talk to are happy 
that the defense (really the offense) budget was cut. I think it 
should be cut by 50%. We spend more on defense than all of the countries 
on Earth combined if you count the appropriations for different combat 
expeditions like Afghanistan and the Middle-East and Africa, along with 
the funding for the Defense Intelligence Agencies.


The US has between 700 and 800 military bases Worldwide.

The main sources of information on these military installations (e.g. C. 
Johnson, the NATO Watch Committee, the International 

[Biofuel] If Corporations Don’t Pay Taxes, Why Should You?

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34269.htm

If Corporations Don’t Pay Taxes, Why Should You?

By Robert Scheer

March 12, 2013 Information Clearing House -TruthDig -  Go offshore 
young man and avoid paying taxes. Plunder at will in those foreign 
lands, and if you get in trouble, Uncle Sam will come rushing to your 
assistance, diplomatically, financially and militarily, even if you have 
managed to avoid paying for those government services. Just pretend 
you’re a multinational corporation.


That’s the honest instruction for business success provided by 60 of the 
largest U.S. corporations that, according to a Wall Street Journal 
analysis, “parked a total of $166 billion offshore last year” shielding 
more than 40 percent of their profits from U.S. taxes. They all do it, 
including Microsoft, GE and pharmaceutical giant Abbott Laboratories. 
Many, like GE, are so good at it that they have avoided taxes altogether 
in some recent years.


But they all still expect Uncle Sam to come to their aid with military 
firepower in case the natives abroad get restless and nationalize their 
company’s assets. We still have a blockade against Cuba because Fidel 
Castro more than a half century ago dared seize an American-owned 
telephone company. During that same period, we have consistently 
intervened to maintain the lock of U.S. corporations on the world’s 
resources, continuing to the present task of making Iraq and Libya safe 
for our oil companies.


America’s multinational corporations still need the Navy to protect 
shipping lanes and the Commerce Department to safeguard U.S. copyrights. 
They also expect the Federal Reserve and Treasury Department to 
intervene to provide bailouts and cheap money when the corporate 
financial swindlers get into trouble, like GE, which almost went aground 
when its GE Capital financial wing got caught in the great banking 
meltdown.


They want a huge U.S. government to finance scientific breakthroughs, 
educate the future workforce, sustain the infrastructure and provide for 
law and order on the home front, but they just don’t feel they should 
have to pay for a system of governance, even though it primarily serves 
their corporate interests. The U.S. government exists primarily to make 
the world safe for multinational corporations, but those firms feel no 
obligation to pay for that protection in return.


Think of that perfectly legal and widespread racket when you go to pay 
your taxes in the next weeks, and consider that you have to make up the 
gap left by the big boys’ antics. Also, when you contemplate the painful 
cuts coming because of the sequester that undoubtedly will further 
destabilize the economy, remember that, as the Wall Street Journal 
estimated, the tax savings of just 19 of those companies would more than 
cover the $85 billion in spending reductions triggered by the 
congressional budget impasse.



The most skilled at this con game are the health care and technology 
companies, which, as a Senate investigation last year revealed, have 
become quite expert at shifting marketing rights and patents offshore to 
low-tax countries. Microsoft boosted its foreign holdings by $16 billion 
last year, and by the end of the company’s fiscal year on June 30, 2012, 
had $60.8 billion stashed internationally. Through creative accounting, 
Microsoft was able to claim that only 7 percent of its pretax profit 
last year was domestically generated.


Oracle increased its foreign holdings by one-third, including new 
subsidiaries in low-tax Ireland, and thereby was able to add a cool $272 
million to the company’s bottom line by avoiding U.S. taxes. Abbott 
estimates that it saved $1.6 billion in U.S. taxes through its 
operations in more than a dozen countries. By moving $8.1 billion of its 
profits overseas, Abbott was able to claim a pretax loss on its U.S. 
operations. Johnson  Johnson, another health industry giant, has almost 
all of its cash—$14.8 billion out of $14.9 billion—abroad, yet still 
claims to be a U.S. company.


One of the longtime leaders in offshore tax avoidance has been that 
once-American-as-apple-pie company GE, which in a more innocent time 
hired Ronald Reagan to advertise its wares. Now GE has nearly two-thirds 
of its jobs abroad, avoided U.S. taxes in the previous two years and has 
$108 billion stashed overseas.


Two years ago, President Obama appointed GE CEO Jeffrey Immelt to chair 
his Jobs Council, despite the fact that Immelt had cut his company’s 
U.S. workforce by a fifth. GE’s expertise is no longer in appliance 
manufacturing, a division Immelt has tried to shed, but rather in 
financial manipulation.


GE Capital was a leader in the financial scams that still haunt the U.S. 
economy, and Immelt has been most effective in lobbying Washington 
politicians to rig the tax laws to benefit his and other multinational 
corporations. He has created some jobs, but unfortunately, they are 
abroad, along with his 

[Biofuel] Hugo Chavez Depicted as Tyrant for Challenging Western oil Domination

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34265.htm



Hugo Chavez Depicted as Tyrant for Challenging Western oil Domination:

Venezuelan leader redirected vast sums of national wealth to the swollen 
ranks of Venezuela's poor.


By Linda McQuaig

March 12, 2013 Information Clearing House - Toronto Star - Had Hugo 
Chavez followed the pattern of many Third World leaders and concentrated 
on siphoning off his nation's wealth for personal gain, he would have 
attracted little attention or animosity in the West.


Instead, he did virtually the opposite --- redirecting vast sums of 
national wealth to the swollen ranks of Venezuela's poor, along with 
free health care and education. No wonder he alienated local elites, who 
are used to being first in line at the national trough.


Chavez's relentless championing of the downtrodden set a standard 
increasingly followed in Latin America. It explains his immense 
popularity with the masses and the widespread grief over his death last 
week.


Yet in the West, he was portrayed as a tyrant.

He was accused of muzzling the press, although anyone who's ever turned 
on a TV in Caracas knows there's no shortage of Fox News-style media 
outlets carrying a frothy mix of celebrities, U.S. sitcoms and 
anti-Chavez tirades.


He was also accused of being anti-democratic, even though he won 
elections which former U.S. president Jimmy Carter and his global 
election monitoring centre have declared the best in the world.


Chavez deservedly came under attack in the West --- including from Noam 
Chomsky --- for failing to order the release of a judge imprisoned for 
allowing a corrupt banker to flee Venezuela with millions of dollars.


But it's striking to note that the West routinely ignores more serious 
democratic failings on the part of its allies, including torture and 
execution in full-fledged dictatorships like Saudi Arabia.


What actually appears to have infuriated the western establishment was 
Chavez's audacity in challenging --- and scoring some victories against 
--- western dominance of the world economy.


One such victory allowed Third World oil-producing nations to gain a 
bigger share of global oil revenues.


Up until the 1970s, the major western oil companies, known as the Seven 
Sisters, controlled the world oil market through a cartel established at 
a secret retreat at Achnacarry Castle in Scotland in 1928. The 
Achnacarry agreement set out in detail how the companies would maintain 
their lucrative control of oil markets into the future, setting quotas 
among themselves, never competing with each other and preventing 
competitors from getting in on the action.


In the 1970s, oil-producing nations in the Middle East and Venezuela 
organized and managed to replace the Seven Sisters with their own 
cartel, OPEC, striking a better deal for themselves and sending oil 
prices soaring. Some enraged westerners were left wondering, How did 
our oil get under their sand?


But the oil companies, backed by western governments, soon reclaimed 
their dominance. By the late 1990s, according to Wall Street oil analyst 
Fadel Gheit, a badly divided OPEC was on its deathbed.


Then miraculously it started to revive. It was Hugo Chavez, says 
Gheit. He saved OPEC.


Chronicling Chavez's role in reuniting OPEC brought me to Caracas in 
2004, for a book I was writing on the geopolitics of oil. In an 
interview that stretched beyond two hours, Chavez recounted his personal 
shuttle mission to OPEC nations in August 2000, infuriating Washington 
by defying its ban on foreign leaders visiting Iraqi president Saddam 
Hussein, and then convening the squabbling nations in Caracas.


Although the oil companies have continued to thrive, OPEC's revival has 
ensured a significant share of the world's oil wealth has gone to Third 
World producers --- including poor nations like Algeria, Nigeria and 
Venezuela.


U.S. oil analyst Michael Tanzer notes that attempts to organize other 
Third World producing nations around commodities like coffee and copper 
have failed, with OPEC serving as the lone inspiring model of how the 
developing world can unite to challenge Western power.


Chavez championed the rising up of the Third World, and did it with 
flair and verve --- often breaking spontaneously into popular love songs 
in front of cheering throngs at public gatherings --- leaving the dull 
grey suits in the West all the more resentful.


For those concerned with social justice, Chavez's passing is a sad 
milestone. It will surely be a while before we'll see such a feisty mix 
of Robin Hood, Che Guevara and Michael Bublé straddling the world stage.


--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___

[Biofuel] New Chinese President Xi Aims to Paint Africa Red

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34273.htm

New Chinese President Xi Aims to Paint Africa Red

By Nile Bowie

March 12, 2013 Information Clearing House -RT - The fact that 
China's incoming president, Xi Jinping, is set to visit Africa on his 
first foreign trip is a strong indication of where Sino-African 
relations are headed. But as Beijing focuses on building African 
industry, Washington has other plans.


At a recently held meeting of the National People's Congress in Beijing, 
China's leaders unveiled a dramatic long-term plan to integrate some 400 
million countryside dwellers into urban environments, by concentrating 
growth-promoting development in small- and medium-sized cities. In stark 
contrast to the neglected emphasis on infrastructure development in the 
United States and Europe, China spends around $500 billion annually on 
infrastructural projects, with $6.4 trillion set aside for its 10-year 
mass urbanization scheme, making it the largest rural-to-urban migration 
project in human history.


China's leaders have mega-development in focus, and realizing such epic 
undertakings not only requires the utilization of time-efficient 
high-volume production methods, but also resources -- lots and lots of 
resources. It should come as no surprise that incoming Chinese president 
Xi Jinping's first trip as head of state will take him to Africa, to 
deepen the mutually beneficial trade and energy relationships maintained 
throughout the continent that have long irked policy makers in Washington.


The new guy in charge -- who some analysts have suggested could be a 
populist reformer that empathizes with the poor -- will visit several 
African nations with whom China has expressed a desire to expand ties 
with, the most prominent being South Africa. Since establishing 
relations in 1998, bilateral trade between the two jumped from $1.5 
billion to $16 billion as of 2012. Following a relationship that has 
consisted predominately of economic exchanges, China and South Africa 
have now announced plans to enhance military ties in a show of 
increasing political and security cooperation.


During 2012's Forum on China-Africa Cooperation, incumbent President Hu 
Jintao served up $20 billion in loans to African countries, which were 
designated for the construction of vital infrastructure such as new 
roads, railways and ports to enable higher volumes of trade and export. 
In his address to the forum, South African President Jacob Zuma spoke of 
the long-term unsustainability of the current model of Sino-African 
trade, in which raw materials are sent out and manufactured commodities 
are sent in.


Xi's visit highlights the importance China attaches to Sino-African 
ties, and during his stay, he will attend the fifth meeting of the 
BRICS, the first summit held on the African continent to accommodate 
leaders of the world's most prominent emerging economies, namely Brazil, 
Russia, India, China, and South Africa. The BRICS group, which accounts 
for around 43% of the world's population and 17% of global trade, is set 
to increase investments in Africa's industrial sector threefold, from 
$150 billion in 2010 to $530 billion in 2015, under the theme 'BRICS and 
Africa: Partnership for development, integration, and industrialization.'


With focus shifting toward building up the continent's industrial 
sector, South Africa is no doubt seen as a springboard into Africa and a 
key development partner on the continent for other BRICS members. 
Analysts have likened the BRICS group to represent yet another 
significant step away from a unipolar global economic order, and it 
comes as no surprise. As eurozone countries languish amidst austerity, 
record unemployment and major demand contraction, the European Union has 
declined as a share of South Africa's total trade from 36% in 2005 to 
26.5% in 2011, while the BRICS countries' total trade increased from 10% 
in 2005 to 18.6% in 2011.


The value and significance of the BRICS platform is its ability to 
proliferate South-South political and economic ties, and one should 
expect the reduction of trade barriers and the gradual adoption of 
economic exchanges using local currencies. China's ICBC paid $5.5 
billion for a 20% stake in Standard Bank of South Africa in 2007, and 
the move has played out well for Beijing -- Standard has over 500 
branches across 17 African countries, which has drastically increased 
availability of the Chinese currency, offering yuan accounts to 
expatriate traders.


It looks like the love story that has become of China and Africa will 
gradually begin shifting its emphasis toward building up a viable 
large-scale industrial base. Surveys out of Beijing cite 1,600 companies 
tapping into the use of Africa as an industrial base, with 
manufacturing's share of total Chinese investment (22%) fast gaining on 
the mining sector's (29%).


Gavin du Venage, writing for the Asia Times Online, highlights how 
Beijing's 

[Biofuel] Israel going for one million Jews in the West Bank

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34276.htm



Israel going for one million Jews in the West Bank

Despite his disappointing results at the ballot box, Netanyahu has 
successfully leveraged his negotiating position to create a right-wing 
government that is outwardly aggressive and inwardly nationalistic.


By Aluf Benn

March 12, 2013 Information Clearing House -Haaretz - - The election 
campaign season comes to its real conclusion this week with the 
formation of the government and an unadulterated victory for the right. 
Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu recovered from the blow he took at the 
ballot box and managed to extract the maximum out of the coalition 
negotiations he conducted with Yesh Atid leader Yair Lapid and Habayit 
Hayehudi head Naftali Bennett. The old fox schooled the political 
greenhorns.


Netanyahu began the negotiations after a month of futile idling that was 
meant to weaken his partners' negotiating positions: the highly 
publicized tiff with Bennett, the crocodile tears over separating from 
his Haredi former coalition partners, the offer of the Finance Ministry 
to Labor Party leader Shelly Yacimovich and the promise of renewed talks 
with the Palestinians to Hatnuah leader Tzipi Livni. When all the 
political spin had settled, the dice came out in Netanyahu's favor: 
Foreign and defense policy will remain in the hands of Likud-Yisrael 
Beiteinu, Lapid has been kicked over to the Finance Ministry and Habayit 
Hayehudi will be a junior coalition partner.


The coalition negotiations were characterized by an excessive 
preoccupation with minor distractions like the hatred for Sara 
Netanyahu, the number of ministers in the new government or the 
production of a Lapid victory photo without Haredim. Substantive topics 
like foreign or defense policies were pushed aside in the discussions, 
except for Netanyahu's weekly warning about the Iranian nuclear threat 
and the dangerous situation in Syria. Even economic policy was pushed 
aside to the margins, if it was discussed at all.


Netanyahu cut his rival and partner Lapid down to size. The prime 
minister presented him as a vacuous politician chasing after respect and 
ratings, as someone who wanted to be pampered at the Foreign Ministry 
instead of finding out where the money is going in the Finance 
Ministry, as he frequently asked ahead of the election. At the end of 
last week Lapid surrendered to the pressure campaign in the media and 
assumed the troublesome task he had tried to shirk. He also failed in 
ridding the government of unnecessary ministerial portfolios like 
Jerusalem and Diaspora Affairs.


Now the game has ended and real life will begin.  The third Netanyahu 
government has one clear goal: enlarging the settlements and achieving 
the vision of a million Jews living in Judea and Samaria. This magic 
number will thwart the division of the land and prevent once and for all 
the establishment of a Palestinian state. The defense, and housing and 
construction ministries that are relevant to this issue will be given to 
Likud MK Moshe Ya'alon and Habayit Hayehudi MK Uri Ariel. They won't be 
assuming these positions in order to freeze settlement construction, but 
rather to implement the Levy report which determined that Israel was not 
legally-speaking an occupying power in the West Bank and the Habayit 
Hayehudi platform; or in other words, to gradually absorb the West Bank 
into Israel.


Netanyahu has used the term the math to explain the political 
difficulties that prevented him from being more flexible toward the 
Palestinians. That was in the previous Knesset term, when moderates like 
Ehud Barak and Dan Meridor were in senior government positions. In the 
new government, the math acts with abundant force against a compromise 
in the territories. The radical right wing is strengthened and united, 
and those who would claim Netanyahu's mantle need the settlers' support 
and will do everything in order to bribe them and make them happy.


Lapid and Livni are supposed to represent the foreign policy moderates, 
but they will have a tough time competing to be heard over ministers 
Ya'alon, Bennett, Gideon Sa'ar, Avigdor Lieberman and Yair Shamir. Lapid 
will be bought with trifles like the Sharing of the Civic Burden Law so 
that billions of shekels will continue to flow into the settlements, and 
Livni is too weak to have much influence.


Netanyahu's key task will be buying some quiet on the Palestinian issue 
to permit the expansion of the settlements at the small price of 
international condemnation. He will continue with the successful ploy 
from his previous term: threatening an attack on Iran and Syria, which 
are drawing American attention. Barack Obama is busy with calming the 
Iranian front and preventing an eruption in and around Syria, and is 
ignoring Israel's actions in the territories. This is the deal that 
Netanyahu will strive to achieve with Obama during their meetings next 

[Biofuel] Bradley Manning In His Own Words

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34277.htm

Note: Please visit the above link to listen to the audio.

Bradley Manning In His Own Words: In Leaked Court Recording, Army 
Whistleblower Tells His Story for First Time


Today, Freedom of the Press Foundation is publishing the full, 
previously unreleased audio recording of Private First Class Bradley 
Manning's speech to the military court in Ft. Meade about his 
motivations for leaking over 700,000 government documents to WikiLeaks. 
In addition, we have published highlights from Manning's statement to 
the court.


While unofficial transcripts of this statement are available, this marks 
the first time the American public has heard the actual voice of Manning.


Posted March 12, 2013



Podcast Powered By Podbean

He explains to the military court in his own cadence and words how and 
why he gave the Apache helicopter video, Afghanistan and Iraq Wars Logs, 
and the State Department Diplomatic Cables to WikiLeaks. Manning 
explains his motives, noting how he believed the documents showed deep 
wrongdoing by the government and how he hoped that the release would 
spark a domestic debate on the role of the military and our foreign 
policy in general as it related to Iraq and Afghanistan. In conjunction 
with the statement, Private First Class Manning also pleaded guilty to 
10 of the 22 charges against him.


Freedom of the Press Foundation is dedicated to supporting journalism 
that combats overreaching government secrecy. We have been disturbed 
that Manning's pre-trial hearings have been hampered by the kind of 
extreme government secrecy that his releases to WikiLeaks were intended 
to protest. While reporters are allowed in the courtroom, no audio or 
visual recordings are permitted by the judge, no transcripts of the 
proceedings or any motions by the prosecution have been released, and 
lengthy court orders read on the stand by the judge have not been 
published for public review.


A short film by Laura Poitras

A group of journalists, represented by the Center for Constitutional 
Rights (CCR), has been engaged in a legal battle to force the court to 
be more open. While the government has belatedly released a small 
portion of documents related to the case, many of the most important 
orders have been withheld---such as the orders relating to the speedy 
trial proceedings or the order related to Manning's prolonged solitary 
confinement.


Michael Ratner, president emeritus of CCR, called the government 
utterly unresponsive to what is a core First Amendment principle. 
Ratner noted this is a public trial, the information being presented is 
not classified, and that contemporaneous access to information about the 
trial is necessary to understanding the proceedings. Nonetheless, the 
lawsuit has been tied up in the appeals court for months.


Freedom of the Press Foundation's mission is to support and defend 
cutting-edge transparency journalism by supporting those organizations 
that publish leaks in the public interest. We often report on news 
surrounding government secrecy, educating the public about the important 
relationship between leaking and independent journalism. When we 
received this recording, we realized we had a unique opportunity to 
bring some small measure of transparency directly by allowing the world 
to hear for itself the voice of someone who took a controversial and 
important stance for government transparency.


We hope this recording will shed light on one of the most secret court 
trials in recent history, in which the government is putting on trial a 
concerned government employee whose only stated goal was to bring 
attention to what he viewed as serious governmental misconduct and 
criminal activity. We hope to prompt additional analysis of these 
proceedings by other journalistic institutions and the public at large. 
While we are not equipped (technically or as a matter of human 
resources) to receive leaked information nor do we plan on receiving 
them in the future, we are proud to publish and analyze this particular 
recording because it is so clearly matches our mission of supporting 
transparency journalism.


The information provided by Manning has uncovered stories of wrongdoing 
by the United States, as well as by leaders and politicians around the 
world. The cables were reportedly one of the catalysts that led to the 
Arab Spring and sped up the end of the Iraq War. To this day, more than 
two years after their release, the information provided by Manning is 
used every day by journalists and historians in major publications are 
the world to enlighten and inform the public, both in the United States 
and around the world. In a time when the extent and reach of U.S. 
government secrecy is unprecedented, and there are credible reports that 
the government has abused its secrecy and classification systems to 
cover up numerous illegal and unconstitutional activities, Manning's 
actions should 

[Biofuel] NATO and Gulf States Conspiring to Drive the Middle East into Full-blown War

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34267.htm

 NATO and Gulf States Conspiring to Drive the Middle East into 
Full-blown War


By Patrick Henningsen

March 12, 2013 Information Clearing House -  The evidence is now in, 
as list of state actors can now be seen openly conspiring to drive the 
Middle East into full-blown war.


It's well known by now that NATO and the Gulf States initial plans to 
overturn the sovereign state of Syria has been running behind schedule 
since their operation was launched two years ago. They had hoped for the 
sort of slam dunk which they enjoyed in overturning the country of Libya 
in late 2011.


This same formula could not be applied again however, so Plan B, a 
ground war using proxies has meant a longer drawn out conflict. It 
hasn't been working fast enough in Syria, and western backed terrorist 
groups still sustaining heavy losses in their fight to topple the Assad 
government on behalf of the NATO and its Gulf allies.


The main obstacle with Plan B is that the very idea of directly arming 
terrorists in Syria is not one which can be sold openly in either the US 
or Britain.


From the NATO Allied corner, something drastic needed to be done...

Whilst politicians in the West, namely those in Washington DC, London 
and parts of Europe, have been publicly denying that they were helping 
to organise running arms into Syria and issuing very public pleads for 
'humanitarian aid' for those they identify as the Syrian Opposition, 
activity back stage has been furious. The debate in government and the 
media has been mere window dressing for the real operation being quietly 
carried out.


NATO Gun-running via Croatia

It can now be revealed that NATO allied nations were busy using proxy 
states to drive their war in Syria -- putting together one of the 
biggest international black operation transfers of military supplies in 
recent history. So it's official: large caches of hardware from the West 
have been transferred to the Syrian jihadist mercenary collective known 
as the 'Free Syrian Army' , 'Syrian Rebels', or 'Syrian Opposition' -- 
depending on who you ask, a brash move which may be vehemently opposed 
by other UN Security Council members -- namely Russia and China.


Multiple media sources reveal the details of this massive airlift 
comprised of 75 airplanes, and an estimated 3,000 tons of military 
weaponry on board has left Croatia and has already been delivered... to 
Syria.


It is also confirmed from these reports that Saudi Arabia has financed a 
large portion of this purchase secretly transported to al Qaeda and 
other FSA fighters -- who are working with the support of the CIA, MI6 
and others, along with other financial and material support of Qatar and 
Saudi, to further destabilise and overthrow the Assad government in Syria.


Croatia's daily newspaper Jutarnji List reported:

From the start of November last year, till February this year, 75 
planes flew out from Zagreb Airport with over 3,000 tons of weapons and 
ammunition bound for Syrian rebels...The newspaper, quoting diplomatic 
sources, says that besides Croatian weapons the planes were full with 
weapons from other European countries including the UK. The weapons were 
organised by the United States of America.


Sources say that the first few flights to leave Croatia bound for 
Syria with weapons were operated by Turkish Cargo, which is owned by 
Turkish Airlines. After those flights, Jordanian International Air Cargo 
took over the flights. The deal to provide arms to the rebels was made 
between American officials and the Croatian Ambassador to the US.


In addition to this huge gun-running operation, Croatia also appears to 
be guilty of either having advanced knowledge, or possibly coordinating 
with Syrian terrorists as evidenced by their recently withdraw all of 
troops from the UN observer mission in Golan Heights, indicating that 
the recent kidnapping by Free Syrian Army Terrorists of at least 20 
UNIFIL peacekeepers in the Golan Heights was known in advance by 
Croatia. The incident may have been designed to pull Syria's southern 
neighbor, Israel, even closer to the conflict, a development which would 
almost surely prompt the UN to declare this as trigger to a regional 
crisis, followed by an authorised military intervention.


If it was known by Croatia, then one can only conclude that this was 
also known by US and British operatives as well. Both the US and Britain 
will naturally claim deniability as their legal out in this case, by 
deniability through the use of proxies makes no innocent parties when 
the prospect of a multi-regional war beckons as a result of the west's 
financial, logistical, political, and now material involvement in the 
overthrow of a sovereign state and internationally recognised government.


US officials are on record as admitting to helping arrange the weapons 
airlift, as cited in this Feb 25, 2012 article in the New York Times:



[Biofuel] Iran Can’t Build Nuke Without Tripping Alarm Bells, US Says

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34272.htm

Engineering Consent For Attack On Iran?

Iran Can’t Build Nuke Without Tripping Alarm Bells, US Says

Intelligence director James Clapper says Tehran still has not decided 
whether to pursue militarization of nuclear program


By Associated Press.

March 12, 2013 Information Clearing House -AP - WASHINGTON  - Iran 
cannot enrich uranium to the point of being able to make a bomb without 
the international community finding out, a top US intelligence official 
said Tuesday while delivering an otherwise sobering report on worldwide 
threats.


National Intelligence director James Clapper told a Senate panel that 
Tehran is developing nuclear capabilities to enhance its security and 
influence and “give it the ability to develop a nuclear weapon.”


But the report stopped short of saying a decision has been made.

“We do not know if Iran will eventually decide to build nuclear 
weapons,” the report said.


Clapper explained that in the last year, Iran has made progress in 
working toward producing weapons-grade uranium. However, the report said 
Iran “could not divert safeguarded material and produce a weapon-worth 
of weapons-grade uranium before this activity is discovered.”


The assessment on Iran comes shortly before President Barack Obama’s 
trip to Israel, where Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has warned that 
the world has until this summer — at the latest — to keep Tehran from 
building a bomb. The Israeli leader repeatedly has indicated Israel is 
willing to strike militarily to stop Iran, a step that would likely drag 
in the United States.


Clapper, testifying with newly installed CIA Director John Brennan and 
FBI Director Robert Mueller to the Senate Intelligence Committee, also 
spoke about threats emanating from Syria and North Korea.


He said that both Iran and Syria had acquired ballistic missiles from 
Pyongyang


In Syria, President Bashar Assad’s inability to quash the uprising in 
his country increases the possibility that he will use chemical weapons 
against his people, Clapper said.


“We assess that an increasingly beleaguered regime, having found its 
escalation of violence through conventional means inadequate, might be 
prepared to use chemical weapons against the Syrian people,” he said. 
“In addition, groups or individuals in Syria could gain access to 
chemical weapons-related material.”


Sen. Dianne Feinstein, a Democrat and chairwoman of the Senate 
Intelligence committee, described Syria as a “massive and still growing 
humanitarian disaster under way with no end in sight.”


The United Nations estimates more than 70,000 people have been killed in 
the civil war, which started two years ago against Assad’s rule.


The report said terrorist threats are in transition with an increasingly 
decentralized global jihadist movement. The Arab Spring, however, has 
created a spike in threats to US interests in the region “that likely 
will endure until political upheaval stabilizes and security forces 
regain their capabilities.”


An unpredictable North Korea, with its nuclear weapons and missile 
programs, was touted as the most serious threat to the United States and 
East Asia nations.


The outlook on North Korea comes as the communist regime announced that 
it was “completely scrapping” the 1953 armistice that ended the Korean 
War and has maintained peace on the peninsula for more than half a 
century. The Obama administration on Monday slapped new sanctions 
against North Korea’s primary exchange bank and several senior 
government officials as it expressed concern about the North’s 
“bellicose rhetoric.”


“The Intelligence community has long assessed that, in Pyongyang’s view, 
its nuclear capabilities are intended for deterrence, international 
prestige and coercive diplomacy. We do not know Pyongyang’s nuclear 
doctrine or employment concepts,” Clapper told the Senate Intelligence 
Committee. “Although we assess with low confidence that the North would 
only attempt to use nuclear weapons against U.S. forces or allies to 
preserve the Kim regime, we do not know what would constitute, from the 
North’s perspective, crossing that threshold.”


North Korea, led by its young leader Kim Jong Un, has defied the 
international community in the last three months, testing an 
intercontinental ballistic missile and a third nuclear bomb.


“These programs demonstrate North Korea’s commitment to develop 
long-range missile technology that could pose a direct threat to the 
United States, and its efforts to produce and market ballistic missiles 
raise broader regional and global security concerns,” the report said.


Copyright Associated Press

--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


[Biofuel] Western Media Set Up North Korea For War

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34278.htm



Western Media Set Up North Korea For War

By Finian Cunningham

March 12, 2013 Information Clearing House - Western so-called news 
media coverage of the escalating tensions on the Korean Peninsula is 
like watching a cross between a bad James Bond movie and a cheap horror 
flick about flesh-eating zombies.


It would be funny if the danger of war was not so serious and imminent. 
The disturbing direction of the Western media coverage is to set up 
North Korea - a poor impoverished country - for an all-out military 
attack by the world's nuclear superpower psychopath - the

United States.

Paradoxically, this danger is being incited by news corporations that 
pompously claim to be free-thinking bastions of independent journalism, 
when in reality they are nothing more than progenitors of the worst kind 
of pulp fiction.


Kim Jong-un, the young leader of North Korea who took over from his late 
father in 2011, is being cast as an insane villain whose Western media 
persona resembles that of a putative Doctor Evil. His projected 
character is fit for a role in an early 007 movie.


Days ago, Kim was reported as threatening preemptive nuclear war 
against South Korea and its patron the United States. How evil!


Scarcely mentioned were the facts that Kim was forced into this 
position of making a staunch defense of his country, under immense 
pressure of relentless imperialist aggression. The Democratic People's 
Republic of Korea has been slapped with yet more US-led sanctions aimed 
at ostracizing the country from any international contact.


It's the equivalent of solitary confinement of a prisoner, subjected to 
sensory deprivation. But this is torture of an entire nation with no 
reprieve.
Yes, North Korea conducted an underground nuclear weapons test in 
mid-February.


This was after the US tightened the thumb-screws with yet more 
sanctions; and after years of Washington refusing to reciprocate with a 
negotiated settlement to end more than six decades of crippling trade 
embargoes in addition to the ever-present threat of nuclear annihilation 
against North Korea following the 1950-53 war with its American-backed 
Southern neighbor.


No other country has been threatened with nuclear Armageddon as often as 
North Korea - and always by the US - for more than 60 years.


Western media have now highlighted the North Korean leader ordering his 
massed troops to prepare for wiping out a South Korean island by 
turning a craggy maritime outpost into a sea of flames.


Do you see the innuendo here? Wiping out an island? Well, Kim must be an 
insane megalomaniac, right?


The island in question is the disputed territory of Baengnyeong, which 
is actually located off the North Korean mainland, but which the US 
forced into South Korea's possession following the 1950-53 war. It has 
been used since, provocatively, as a staging post for American 
surveillance and forward planning for attack against North Korea.


No doubt the island will be used this week during the US perennial 
war planning maneuvers that simulate the invasion of North Korea, but 
which Washington euphemistically calls defensive measures.


Befitting the caricature of arch-villain, photographs and footage have 
abounded in Western media showing Kim Jong-un clad in black long 
overcoat and black gloves, peering through binoculars apparently towards 
South Korean and American forces across the Demilitarized Zone of the 
38th parallel.




Just in case the Western public fail to pick up on the demonic Dr Evil 
caricature, there is another sub-plot being instilled - the North Korean 
flesh-eating zombies.


In recent weeks, there has been a rash of stories regurgitated by the 
same Western media of outbreaks of cannibalism among the allegedly 
starving people of North Korea. These stories of cannibalistic gore and 
nihilism have not just been printed by the voyeuristic tabloid gutter 
press. They have also been published prominently by supposed quality 
outlets, such as Britain's Sunday Times and Independent, as well as one 
of America's paper of record, The Washington Post.


Significantly, these macabre stories began circulating in Western media 
outlets at the end of January - some two weeks before North Korea 
conducted its underground nuclear explosion.


That suggests that the flesh-eating horror claims in North Korea are the 
work of a Western intel psychological campaign aimed at adding 
pejorative technicolor to the present crisis.


It makes for difficult reading. Not because of the alleged gruesome 
details, but because these stories are so obviously concocted and 
regurgitated in reflex manner by supposed news organizations. The horror 
claims all come from one source: allegedly an undercover team of 
journalists from an outfit called the Asia Press, based in Japan, who 
were allegedly spirited secretly into North Korea and allegedly 
interviewed various anonymous 

Re: [Biofuel] Kill Anything That Moves

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 3/13/2013 1:23 PM, Gustl wrote:

Hello List,

I  have  become  somewhat  weary  of  hearing  just  what  a terrible,
warmongering  and violent country the United States is.


It does get tiresome, but to be fair, it serves as a counterbalance 
to the prevailing attitude of, My country does no wrong.  Most people 
who ascribe to that view have never seen combat.  You have, and you know 
what an awful thing it is.


My saintly mother-in-law hails from Germany.  She remembers 
American soldiers entering her village at the end of World War II and in 
her words, . . . pointing their guns at everything.  When I remind her 
that prior to those incidents, her countrymen were actively trying to 
kill every one of mine that they could, and further, that Germany could 
hardly claim the moral high ground in the conflict, she falls silent.


We put weapons into the hands of young men and order them to do 
things that would warrant prosecution in any other context.  Despite the 
veneer of professionalism that we like to think separates us from 
savage irregulars, we are no better than our enemies. War is a brutal 
business. Some of our most famous and respected commanders warn us 
against advocating combat as a means of problem solving:


/I confess, without shame, that I am sick and tired of fighting 
--- its glory is all moonshine; even success the most brilliant is over 
dead and mangled bodies, with the anguish and lamentations of distant 
families, appealing to me for sons, husbands, and fathers ... it is only 
those who have never heard a shot, never heard the shriek and groans of 
the wounded and lacerated ... that cry aloud for more blood, more 
vengeance, more desolation.  (William Tecumseh Sherman, May 1865)/




snip

  


I have talked former enemies here in the states back in the 90's. None
that  I  spoke  with holds any grudge against us and none had anything
good  to  say  about  war  in general. Same same me. I can't speak for
everyone, but that has been my experience. Violence is the problem not
the solution.


I wish more people understood this issue as you do, but sadly, we 
live in a society that glorifies violence. We spend our treasure 
building bombs instead of bridges, and that saddens me deeply.


Muckraking  is  as  old  as  the hills and from the description of the
contents of this book it appears that is what we have. One dimensional
tripe  as far as I can see. If one does not understand that what Turse
describes is what governments, corporations, banks, industries and the
military  do  to  one extent or another, then perhaps they should take
some  more  reading  and  logic  classes.  None have clean hands. Good
violence?  Bad  violence? I don't think so. Renounce violence and work
for  peace.


You were there.  You know more about this than I do. What you've 
written here embodies the spirit of the Biofuels list, and I believe 
that the INTENT of posting articles about war and war mongering is to 
instill a preference for nonviolent conflict resolution.  That's what 
I'd like to see, for what it's worth!



 
Robert Luis Rabello

Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


Re: [Biofuel] Kill Anything That Moves

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

On 3/13/2013 2:52 PM, Gustl wrote:

I  understand, but what I hear so much is Your country always wrong.
Folks  in  general often seem to want pictures of themselves or others
in an either/or way and most often it just isn't that easy. For me the
only  thing  which  is  easy  is  to  realize  that violence is wrong.
Violence  against others, self, countries, religions, races, whatever.
On this point, we completely agree. Violence breeds more violence, 
beginning a self-sustaining cycle of retribution.  It only stops when 
someone is willing to take the last blow and not retaliate. (For me, 
that is the real message of the Christian cross, but that's a different 
discussion.) Sadly, we live in a world where soldiering and policing, 
which should serve to deter, limit or even prevent violence, become 
tools of the state to suppress the democratic process. Witness what 
happened to the Occupy movement, for example.


Most of the our country is always wrong criticism has a root in 
policy decisions that put our soldiers in ethically complex situations, 
where youthful misjudgment and the tendency to react with force when 
facing a potential threat rise to the top of the behavioral hierarchy.  
I contend that the military is, by necessity, a blunt instrument, and as 
such, should be used with extreme care. But among my own family members, 
the people with whom I attend church and most of my friends, fear 
displaces reason and military solutions take priority over diplomacy.



Do   you   realize  that  the  Vietnamese  have  been  to  war  almost
continuously  for nearly 9 centuries, and the better part of that with
China?


Yes, I know that. They are a tenacious people, for certain!


  The  Vietnamese now call that conflict in which I participated
the  American war to differentiate it from all the others. Pick your
mythology  and  it  is  there.  Cain slew Abel. OK, it has only gotten
worse  from there. The finger needs to be pointed at the problem which
is violence stemming from greed and self interest.


This is very true.  My youngest son went to Cambodia last Christmas 
and he developed a love for the Cambodian people on that trip.  I've 
subsequently learned that our country dropped more tonnage of bombs on 
noncombatant Cambodia between 1965 - 1972 than all of the allies 
dropped during WWII.  The destruction of rural villages created a 
refugee problem in Phnom Penh and set the stage for the rise of the 
Khmer Rogue.


 Was that bombing necessary? Did it help us achieve our military 
objectives?


It's easy to judge in hindsight.  But in the heat of battle, it's 
far easier to pull the trigger or punch out the bombs than it is to show 
restraint.



  Window dressing and
sensationalism  don't  count  for  much.  If  you're going to kill off
something  pernicious  it needs to be done at the root. Describing the
leaves  and branches will not suffice. All countries are guilty of the
same  thing  to  one  extent  or  another.  None have clean hands. The
difference  seems to be in degree. The Roman empire used to be the big
dog  and they did much good and much evil. Now we are in that position
and  nothing  much has changed save the means and the scale. Sooner or
later  we  will  diminish  and  another country will take our place as
either  the  bad  guy  or  the  good  guy of the world. Seems to be no
in-betweens.  Folks like extremes brother. A good many don't like self
discipline,   self  restraint  and  particularly  a  healthy  dose  of
responsibility. It's not my fault. OK


Agreed.


I  guess I would rather find commonalities and work with folks for the
good  of  all.  I  was  up  in the VA hospital in the congestive heart
failure  ward  when a Catholic priest stopped by (I'm not Catholic) to
say  hello. I immediately knew he was Vietnamese from his features and
his  speech. Before he left I apologized to him for what we did to his
country  and  he  thanked  me  for  fighting  to  save  it.


I know an elderly Vietnamese woman named Lan (a name which means 
orchid and is very appropriate for her) from church. She says the same 
thing!  It seems odd to me, but she survived the war and her perspective 
surprised me.



   It was an
interesting  moment  to say the least. How things look depend on where
one is standing I suppose. Still, I would rather renounce violence and
war  rather  than try to justify it. That which requires justification
is inherently wrong.

It  would  interest  me to see someone write a book about all the good
things  that  folks  did  in a war. We did a lot of good over there as
well  as  a  lot  of  evil.  It  happens in all wars. Individuals come
forward  when and where least expected. I have a friend, former Marine
who  was  there  but  was a clerk typist with no combat experience who
befriended the children of the little ville near him. He saved a young
girls  life when no one, American or Vietnamese, would help her. He is
haunted  with  

[Biofuel] The New Propaganda Is Liberal -- The New Slavery Is Digital

2013-03-13 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34289.htm?utm_source=ICH%3A+John+Pilger%3A+The+New+Propaganda+Is+Liberal+-+The+New+Slavery+Is+Digitalutm_campaign=FIRSTutm_medium=email

The New Propaganda Is Liberal -- The New Slavery Is Digital

By John Pilger

March 13, 2013 Information Clearing House -  What is modern 
propaganda?  For many, it is the lies of a totalitarian state. In the 
1970s, I met Leni Riefenstahl and  asked her about her epic films that 
glorified the Nazis. Using revolutionary camera and lighting techniques, 
she produced a documentary form that mesmerized Germans; her Triumph of 
the Will  cast Hitler's spell.


She told me that the messages of her films were dependent not on 
orders from above, but on the submissive void of the German public. 
Did that include the liberal, educated bourgeoisie? Everyone, she said.


Today, we prefer to believe that there is no submissive void. Choice 
is ubiquitous. Phones are platforms that launch every half-thought. 
There is Google from outer space if you need it. Caressed like rosary 
beads, the precious devices are borne heads-down, relentlessly monitored 
and prioritized.


Their dominant theme is the self. Me. My needs. Riefenstahl's submissive 
void is today's digital slavery. Edward Said described this wired state 
in Culture and Imperialism  as taking imperialism where navies could 
never reach. It is the  ultimate means of social control because it is 
voluntary, addictive and shrouded in illusions of personal freedom.


Today's message of grotesque inequality, social injustice and war is 
the propaganda of liberal democracies. By any measure of human behavior, 
this is extremism. When Hugo Chavez challenged it, he was abused in bad 
faith; and his successor will be subverted by the same zealots of the 
American Enterprise Institute, Harvard's Kennedy School and the human 
rights organizations that have appropriated American liberalism and 
underpin its propaganda.


The historian Norman Pollack calls this liberal fascism. He wrote, 
All is normality on display. For [Nazi] goose-steppers, substitute the 
seemingly more innocuous militarization of the total culture. And for 
the bombastic leader, we  have the reformer manque, blithely at work [in 
the White House], planning and executing assassination, smiling all the 
while.


Whereas a generation ago, dissent and biting satire were allowed in the 
mainstream, today their counterfeits are acceptable and a fake moral 
zeitgeist rules. Identity is all, mutating feminism and declaring 
class obsolete.


Just as collateral damage covers for mass murder, austerity has become 
an acceptable lie. Beneath the veneer of consumerism, a quarter of 
Greater Manchester is reported to be living in extreme poverty. The 
militarist violence perpetrated against hundreds of thousands of 
nameless men, women and children by our governments is never a crime 
against humanity.


Interviewing Tony Blair 10 years on from his criminal invasion of Iraq, 
the BBC's Kirsty Wark gifted him a moment he could only dream of. She 
allowed Blair to agonize over his difficult decision rather than call 
him to account for the monumental lies and bloodbath he launched. One is 
reminded of Albert Speer.


Hollywood has returned to its cold war role, led by liberals. Ben 
Affleck's Oscar-winning Argo  is the first feature film so integrated 
into the propaganda system that its subliminal warning of Iran's 
threat is offered as Obama is preparing, yet again, to attack Iran.


That Affleck's true story of good-guys-vs- bad-Muslims is as much a 
fabrication as Obama's justification for his war plans is lost in 
PR-managed plaudits. As the independent critic Andrew O'Hehir points 
out, Argo is a propaganda movie in the truest sense, one that claims to 
be innocent of all ideology. That is, it debases the art of film-making 
to reflect an image of the power it serves.


The true story is that, for 34 years, the US foreign policy elite have 
seethed with revenge for the loss of the shah of Iran, their beloved 
tyrant, and his CIA-designed state of torture. When Iranian students 
occupied the US embassy in Tehran in 1979, they found a trove of 
incriminating documents, which revealed that an Israeli spy network was 
operating inside the US, stealing top scientific and military secrets. 
Today, the duplicitous Zionist ally -- not Iran -- is the one and only 
nuclear threat in the Middle East.


In 1977, Carl Bernstein, famed for his Watergate reporting, disclosed 
that more than 400 journalists and executives of mostly liberal US media 
organizations had worked for the CIA in the past 25 years. They included 
journalists from the New York Times, Time, and the big TV broadcasters. 
These days, such a formal nefarious workforce is quite unnecessary.


In 2010, the New York Times made no secret of its collusion with the 
White House in censoring the WikiLeaks war logs. The CIA has an 
entertainment industry liaison office that 

[Biofuel] Cheney Admits that He Lied about 9/11, What Else Did He Lie About?

2013-03-12 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34219.htm

*
Cheney Admits that He Lied about 9/11
What Else Did He Lie About?*

*By Washington's Blog
*
March 09, 2013 Information Clearing House 
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/*- *WB 
http://www.washingtonsblog.com/2013/03/cheney-admits-that-he-lied-about-911.html 
- The New York Times' Maureen Dowd writes 
http://www.post-gazette.com/stories/opinion/perspectives/maureen-dowd-repent-dick-cheney-678240/ 
today (March 08, 2013):


   In a documentary soon to appear on Showtime, The World According to
   Dick Cheney, [Cheney said] I got on the telephone with the
   president, who was in Florida, and told him not to be at one
   location where we could both be taken out. Mr. Cheney kept W.
   flying aimlessly in the air on 9/11 while he and Lynn left on a
   helicopter for a secure undisclosed location, leaving Washington in
   a bleak, scared silence, with no one reassuring the nation in those
   first terrifying hours.

   I gave the instructions that we'd authorize our pilots to take it
   out, he says, referring to the jet headed to Washington that
   crashed in a Pennsylvania field. He adds: After I'd given the
   order, it was pretty quiet. Everybody had heard it, and it was
   obviously a significant moment.

   ***

   When they testified together before the 9/11 Commission, W. and Mr.
   Cheney *kept up a pretense* that in a previous call, the president
   had authorized the vice president to give a shoot-down order if
   needed. But the commission found no documentary evidence for this
   call.

In other words, Cheney pretended that Bush had authorized a shoot-down 
order, but Cheney now admits that he never did. In fact, Cheney acted as 
if he was the president on 9/11. *


Cheney lied about numerous other facts related to 9/11 as well. For 
example, Cheney:


 *

   Falsely linked Iraq with 9/11
   
http://www.washingtonsblog.com/2012/10/5-hours-after-the-911-attacks-donald-rumsfeld-said-my-interest-is-to-hit-saddam-he-also-said-go-massive-sweep-it-all-up-things-related-and-not-and-at-2.html
   (indeed, the entire torture program was aimed at establishing such a
   false linkage
   
http://www.washingtonsblog.com/2012/10/5-hours-after-the-911-attacks-donald-rumsfeld-said-my-interest-is-to-hit-saddam-he-also-said-go-massive-sweep-it-all-up-things-related-and-not-and-at-2.html;
   and Cheney is the guy who pushed for torture
   
http://rawstory.com/news/2008/Cheney_admits_authorizing_detainees_torture_1215.html,
   pressured the Justice Department lawyers to write memos saying
   torture was legal
   
http://pubrecord.org/torture/311/newly-released-e-mails-reveal-cheney-pressured-doj-to-approve-torture/,
   and made the pitch to Congress justifying torture
   
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2009/06/02/AR2009060203999.html?hpid=topnews.
   the former director of the CIA said Cheney of overseeing American
   torture policies
   
http://www.smh.com.au/news/world/cheney-oversaw-torture-former-cia-director/2005/11/18/1132016963907.html)

 *

   Falsely claimed that spying on Americans, torture, the Patriot Act,
   the Afghanistan war, the Iraq war and the war on terror were all
   necessitated by 9/11 ... when /all of them/ started or were planned
   /before/ 9/11
   
http://www.washingtonsblog.com/2012/08/u-s-government-planned-indefinite-detention-of-citizens-long-before-911.html

 *

   Falsely stated that an attack such as 9/11 was unforeseeable
   http://www.washingtonsblog.com/2008/04/911-was-foreseeable.html,
   when Al Qaeda flying planes into the World Trade Center and Pentagon
   was something which American military and intelligence services --
   and our allies -- /knew/ could happen
   
http://www.washingtonsblog.com/2011/06/al-qaeda-flying-planes-into-the-world-trade-center-and-pentagon-was-foreseeable.html

 *

   Falsely pretended that he was out of the loop during the 9/11
   attacks
   http://www.washingtonsblog.com/2007/03/minetas-testimony-confirmed.html

 *

   Falsely blamed others for 9/11
   
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2009/06/02/cheney-pins-blame-for-911_n_210300.html,
   when Cheney was in charge of all of America's counter-terrorism
   exercises, activities and responses on 9/11. See this Department of
   State announcement
   
http://web.archive.org/web/20010630041038/http://www.usinfo.state.gov/regional/af/security/a1050878.htm
   and this CNN article
   http://archives.cnn.com/2002/ALLPOLITICS/09/11/ar911.king.cheney/ ...

 *

   ... And when Cheney was apparently responsible for letting the
   Pentagon get hit by an airplane
   http://www.911truthmovement.org/video/hamilton_win.wmv (confirmed
   here http://www.youtube.com/v/u-5PKQTUz5o and here)

 *

   And was instrumental in squashing a real investigation into 9/11
   
http://www.washingtonsblog.com/2010/03/the-reason-for-this-cover-up-goes-right-to-the-white-house.html

/* Indeed, Cheney initiated Continuity of Government plans on 

[Biofuel] Child Marriages: 39,000 Every Day

2013-03-12 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34229.htm

*Child Marriages: 39,000 Every Day *

*By UN Women*

/Joint press release by UNFPA, UNICEF, WHO, UN Women, the United Nations 
Foundation, World Vision, Girls Not Brides, Every Woman Every Child, 
World YWCA and The Partnership for Maternal, Newborn and Child Health./


*-- NEW YORK, 7 March 2013 --*Between 2011 and 2020, more than 
140 million girls will become child brides, according to United Nations 
Population Fund (UNFPA).


If current levels of child marriages hold, 14.2 million girls annually 
or 39,000 daily will marry too young.


Furthermore, of the 140 million girls who will marry before the age of 
18, 50 million will be under the age of 15.


Despite the physical damage and the persistent discrimination to young 
girls, little progress has been made toward ending the practice of child 
marriage. In fact, the problem threatens to increase with the expanding 
youth population in the developing world.


http://www.unwomen.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Yemeni-child-bride.png

/Tahani, 8, is seen with her husband Majed, 27, and her former classmate 
Ghada, 8, and her husband, outside their home in Hajjah, Yemen, 26 July, 
2010. Photo Credit: © Stephanie Sinclair/VII/Tooyoungtowed.org/


Child marriage is an appalling violation of human rights and robs girls 
of their education, health and long-term prospects, says Babatunde 
Osotimehin, M.D, Executive Director, UNFPA. A girl who is married as a 
child is one whose potential will not be fulfilled. Since many parents 
and communities also want the very best for their daughters, we must 
work together and end child marriage.


Girls married young are more vulnerable to intimate partner violence and 
sexual abuse than those who marry later.


Complications of pregnancy and childbirth are the leading cause of 
death in young women aged 15-19. Young girls who marry later and delay 
pregnancy beyond their adolescence have more chances to stay healthier, 
to better their education and build a better life for themselves and 
their families, says Flavia Bustreo, M.D., Assistant Director-General 
for Family, Women's and Children's Health at the World Health 
Organization. We have the means at our disposal to work together to 
stop child marriage.


On 7 March, a special session of the UN Commission on the Status of 
Women (CSW) will focus on child marriage. The Governments of Bangladesh, 
Malawi and Canada will jointly sponsor the session. It is held in 
support of Every Woman Every Child, a movement spearheaded by U.N. 
Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon that aims to save the lives of 16 million 
women and children by 2015.


The session will address the problems created by early marriages and 
ways to prevent them. Mereso Kiluso, a Tanzanian mother of five now in 
her 20s, who was married at 14 to an abusive man in his 70s, will 
describe her experience.


If child marriage is not properly addressed, UN Millennium Development 
Goals 4  5 -- calling for a two-thirds reduction in the under-five 
mortality rate and a three-fourths reduction in the maternal deaths by 
2015 -- will not be met.


Child marriage -- defined as marriage before the age of 18 -- applies to 
both boys and girls, but the practice is far more common among young girls.


Child marriage is a global issue but rates vary dramatically, both 
within and between countries. In both proportions and numbers, most 
child marriages take place in rural sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia.


In South Asia, nearly half of young women and in sub-Saharan Africa more 
than one third of young women are married by their 18th birthday.


The 10 countries with the highest rates of child marriage are: Niger, 75 
per cent; Chad and Central African Republic, 68 per cent; Bangladesh, 66 
per cent; Guinea, 63 per cent; Mozambique, 56 per cent; Mali, 55 per 
cent; Burkina Faso and South Sudan, 52 per cent; and Malawi, 50 per cent.


In terms of absolute numbers, because of the size of its population, 
India has the most child marriages.


What progress has been made to stop the practice has been in urban areas 
where families see greater work and education opportunities for young girls.


*A violation of the rights of girls*

No girl should be robbed of her childhood, her education and health, 
and her aspirations. Yet today millions of girls are denied their rights 
each year when they are married as child brides, says Michelle 
Bachelet, M.D., Executive Director of UN Women.


Child marriage is increasingly recognized as a violation of the rights 
of girls for the following reasons:


 *

   Effectively ending their education

 *

   Blocking any opportunity to gain vocational and life skills

 *

   Exposing them to the risks of too-early pregnancy, child bearing,
   and motherhood before they are physically and psychologically ready

 *

   Increasing their risk of intimate partner sexual violence and HIV
   infection

Child marriage is a huge 

[Biofuel] Global Temperatures Highest in 4,000 Years

2013-03-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34238.htm

 Global Temperatures Highest in 4,000 Years

By JUSTIN GILLIS

March 10, 2013 Information Clearing House - NYT -- Global 
temperatures are warmer than at any time in at least 4,000 years, 
scientists reported Thursday, and over the coming decades are likely to 
surpass levels not seen on the planet since before the last ice age.


Previous research had extended back roughly 1,500 years, and suggested 
that the rapid temperature spike of the past century, believed to be a 
consequence of human activity, exceeded any warming episode during those 
years. The new work confirms that result while suggesting the modern 
warming is unique over a longer period.


Even if the temperature increase from human activity that is projected 
for later this century comes out on the low end of estimates, scientists 
said, the planet will be at least as warm as it was during the warmest 
periods of the modern geological era, known as the Holocene, and 
probably warmer than that.


That epoch began about 12,000 years ago, after changes in incoming 
sunshine caused vast ice sheets to melt across the Northern Hemisphere. 
Scientists believe the moderate climate of the Holocene set the stage 
for the rise of human civilization roughly 8,000 years ago and continues 
to sustain it by, for example, permitting a high level of food production.


In the new research, scheduled for publication on Friday in the journal 
Science, Shaun Marcott, an earth scientist at Oregon State University, 
and his colleagues compiled the most meticulous reconstruction yet of 
global temperatures over the past 11,300 years, virtually the entire 
Holocene. They used indicators like the distribution of microscopic, 
temperature-sensitive ocean creatures to determine past climate.


Like previous such efforts, the method gives only an approximation. 
Michael E. Mann, a researcher at Pennsylvania State University who is an 
expert in the relevant techniques but was not involved in the new 
research, said the authors had made conservative data choices in their 
analysis.


It's another important achievement and significant result as we 
continue to refine our knowledge and understanding of climate change, 
Dr. Mann said.


Though the paper is the most complete reconstruction of global 
temperature, it is roughly consistent with previous work on a regional 
scale. It suggests that changes in the amount and distribution of 
incoming sunlight, caused by wobbles in the earth's orbit, contributed 
to a sharp temperature rise in the early Holocene.


The climate then stabilized at relatively warm temperatures about 10,000 
years ago, hitting a plateau that lasted for roughly 5,000 years, the 
paper shows. After that, shifts of incoming sunshine prompted a long, 
slow cooling trend.


The cooling was interrupted, at least in the Northern Hemisphere, by a 
fairly brief spike during the Middle Ages, known as the Medieval Warm 
Period. (It was then that the Vikings settled Greenland, dying out there 
when the climate cooled again.)


Scientists say that if natural factors were still governing the climate, 
the Northern Hemisphere would probably be destined to freeze over again 
in several thousand years. We were on this downward slope, presumably 
going back toward another ice age, Dr. Marcott said.


Instead, scientists believe the enormous increase in greenhouse gases 
caused by industrialization will almost certainly prevent that.


During the long climatic plateau of the early Holocene, global 
temperatures were roughly the same as those of today, at least within 
the uncertainty of the estimates, the new paper shows. This is 
consistent with a large body of past research focused on the Northern 
Hemisphere, which showed a distribution of ice and vegetation suggestive 
of a relatively warm climate.


The modern rise that has recreated the temperatures of 5,000 years ago 
is occurring at an exceedingly rapid clip on a geological time scale, 
appearing in graphs in the new paper as a sharp vertical spike. If the 
rise continues apace, early Holocene temperatures are likely to be 
surpassed within this century, Dr. Marcott said.


Dr. Mann pointed out that the early Holocene temperature increase was 
almost certainly slow, giving plants and creatures time to adjust. But 
he said the modern spike would probably threaten the survival of many 
species, in addition to putting severe stresses on human civilization.


We and other living things can adapt to slower changes, Dr. Mann said. 
It's the unprecedented speed with which we're changing the climate that 
is so worrisome.


© 2013 The New York Times Company

--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk


[Biofuel] How Deregulation Resurrected American Economic Insecurity

2013-03-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34235.htm

How Deregulation Resurrected American Economic Insecurity

By Paul Craig Roberts

March 10, 2013 Information Clearing House - PCR -  The US might not 
be in a Great Depression, but economic insecurity has nevertheless 
returned to America.


John N. Gray, a distinguished intellect and retired professor of 
intellectual history at the London School of Economics, disagrees with 
the view that the end of history has placed humanity on a course of 
ethical and economic progress. History, Gray believes, is not 
progressing to a higher stage. Instead, humanity is repeating the same 
follies and is destined to endure the same disasters. It is the 
Enclosures, the Repeal of the Corn Laws, and the Poor Law Act of 1834 
all over again.


The problem is humans themselves. They are not questioning beings. 
Human beings use the power of scientific knowledge to assert and defend 
the values and goals they already have. Instead of ethics and politics 
having advanced with the growth of knowledge, we are experiencing today 
state terror and murder on unprecedented scale as Washington kills 
people with drones and invasions in seven countries and threatens 
others. The US claims to be the democratic light unto the world, the 
indispensable nation, but it has resurrected in violation of its own 
law and international law the torture dungeons of the unaccountable 
governments of medieval Europe.


Few people see the disconnect between the propaganda about the goodness 
of America and the evil that its government practices. Torture was 
banned. Its practice was made the act of a war criminal government. But 
the Bush and Obama regimes have resurrected torture as a defense of the 
state against citizens who reveal its crimes and against those who 
resist its aggression.


The CIA official who revealed that the US government was torturing 
detainees in violation of US and international law, John Kiriakou, was 
subjected to wrongful prosecution and sentenced to prison. The elected 
officials who approved the torture and those who conducted the torture 
remain free of all charges to torture again.


Bradley Manning, the US soldier who did his duty under the military code 
and revealed US war crimes that were ignored by his superiors had all of 
his constitutional rights violated and is now being tried on trumped-up 
and false charges. The US government claims that by telling the truth 
Manning aided the enemies of the United States.


The US government is so corrupt that it doesn't realize the 
self-damnation of declaring the truth to be against it. Some light unto 
the world Washington is.


The myths to which Americans subscribe are resulting in their social, 
political, and economic destruction. In False Dawn: The Delusions Of 
Global Capitalism, John Gray lays out the destructive consequences of 
the free market ideology.


Gray demonstrates that the libertarian belief that free markets are 
something that the government suppresses and takes away from us is 
contradicted by the historical fact that free markets are creatures of 
state power, and persist only so long as the state is able to prevent 
human needs for security and the control of economic risk from finding 
political expression.


Free unregulated markets have existed only during short periods of 
history when state power and economic conditions were conducive to the 
imposition of unregulated markets. Unregulated markets existed for 
awhile in Victorian England, and Clinton, Bush, Obama, Thatcher and 
politicians in Australia, and New Zealand have removed regulation from 
various economic activities from the 1980s through the present.


The evidence is in and piles up daily. Instability is on the rise, and 
with it has come economic insecurity. Homelessness is increasing. In the 
last decade, New York City has experienced a 73 percent increase in 
homelessness, while the net worth of the city's mayor has risen to $27 
billion. 
http://www.salon.com/2013/03/05/new_york_homelessness_sees_unprecedented_rise/singleton/ 
Deregulation of the financial system produced such massive instability 
that the Federal Reserve had to lend the banks $16 trillion (a sum equal 
to US national debt). The Federal Reserve is in the fourth year of 
monetizing $1 trillion annually of US debt, raising the specter of 
dollar devaluation and inflation. Once great manufacturing cities, such 
as Detroit, are in steep decline. Real interest rates are negative, 
depriving retirees of interest income. The high unemployment rate of 
recent university graduates, despite an alleged economic recovery, 
proves that education is no longer the answer. Millions of jobs have 
disappeared. Unemployment is high. Poverty has increased as has the 
number of Americans on food stamps. The once vibrant American middle 
class is disappearing. The blue-collar working class is being 
proletarianized. Labor arbitrage across national borders has destroyed 

[Biofuel] A Huge Hunger Strike at Guantánamo

2013-03-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34237.htm

A Huge Hunger Strike at Guantánamo

By Andy Worthington

March 10, 2013 Information Clearing House - AW --  When is a hunger 
strike not a hunger strike? Apparently, when the government says it 
doesn't exist.


At Guantánamo, reports first began to emerge on February 23 about a 
camp-wide hunger strike, of a scale not seen since before Barack Obama 
became President. On the Free Fayiz and Fawzi page on Facebook, run by 
lawyers for Fayiz al-Kandari and Fawzi al-Odah, the last two Kuwaitis in 
the prison, the following message appeared: Information is beginning to 
come out about a hunger strike, the size of which has not been seen 
since 2008. Preliminary word is that it's due to unprecedented searches 
and a new guard force.


Fayiz al-Kandari's team of military lawyers arrived at the prison on 
February 25, and the day after announced, Fayiz has lost more than 
twenty pounds and lacks the ability to concentrate for more than a few 
minutes at a time due to a camp wide hunger strike. Apparently there is 
a dispute over searches and the confiscations. We believe there is a 
desperation setting amongst the prisoners whereby GTMO is forgotten and 
its condemned men will never get an opportunity to prove their innocence 
or be free.


On February 27, the team reported, Today, we had a communication with 
the Kuwait legal team concerning Fayiz and Fawzi's physical condition in 
GTMO. It is difficult meeting with a man who has not eaten in almost 
three weeks, but we are scheduled for an all-day session tomorrow which 
we are sure Fayiz will not be able to complete due his failing physical 
condition. Additionally, we learned that our other client Abdul Ghani, 
[an Afghan] who has been cleared for release since 2010, is also on a 
hunger strike. Eleven years without an opportunity to defend themselves.


On February 28, the lawyers confirmed that Fayiz al-Kandari's weight 
loss over the previous three and a half weeks had reached 26 pounds (12 
kg), and on March 5, after meeting their client, they reported that he 
had said that the hunger strike certainly hurts physically, but he 
felt very sorry for his parents whose psychological pain is ten times 
greater than his physical discomfort.


While that last comment showed great concern for others, no one aware of 
the situation at Guantánamo would begrudge the men still held from 
dwelling on their own position, and concluding that a hunger strike is 
the only way to try and draw attention to their plight. Lt. Col. Barry 
Wingard, al-Kandari's military lawyer, told FireDogLake, there is a 
growing feeling here that death is the road out of GTMO.


Death has indeed been the way out for three of the last seven prisoners 
to leave the prison --- two who died in 2011, and one, Adnan Latif, a 
Yemeni, who died last September, despite having repeatedly been cleared 
for release from the prison.


Despair is entirely appropriate at Guantánamo for the 166 men still 
held, because, although 86 of them were cleared for release at least 
three years ago by the interagency Guantánamo Review Task Force, 
established by President Obama (and some were cleared for release under 
President Bush, between 2004 and 2007), they are still held because of 
Congressional obstruction, and because of President Obama's refusal to 
make the case that holding men cleared for release is a disgrace.


Of the 80 others, 46 were recommended for indefinite detention without 
charge or trial by the Guantánamo Review Task Force, and the rest were 
recommended for trials. Two years ago, President Obama issued an 
executive order formalizing the indefinite detention of those 46 men, on 
the basis that they were too dangerous to release, even though 
insufficient evidence existed to put them on trial. This was also 
disgraceful, as it attempted to create the illusion that a collection of 
unverifiable statements produced through the use of torture, other forms 
of coercion, or bribery could be regarded as something approximating 
evidence, when that is clearly not the case.


In an effort to placate critics, the President promised periodic reviews 
of these men's cases in his executive order, although two years later no 
reviews have taken place at all, and a review board has not even been 
established. These men can, therefore, reasonably be expected to regard 
themselves as having been abandoned by the President at least as 
thoroughly as the 86 men cleared for release who are still held. In 
addition, the majority of the rest of the prisoners --- those 
recommended for trials --- are also effectively being detained forever 
without any kind of review process, because, in recent months, the 
deeply conservative court of appeals in Washington D.C. has ruled that 
two of the key charges in the military commission trial system first 
established under President Bush to charge Guantánamo prisoners were not 
regarded as war crimes when the 

[Biofuel] The Green Light for Zionism’s Ethnic Cleansing of Palestine

2013-03-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34243.htm

65 Years Ago
The Green Light for Zionism’s Ethnic Cleansing of Palestine


By Alan Hart

March 10, 2013 Information Clearing House - I find myself wondering 
how many of our present day leaders, President Obama in particular, are 
aware of what happened in Palestine on 10 March 65 years ago.


On that day in 1948, two months before Israel’s unilateral declaration 
of independence in defiance of the will of the organized international 
community as it then was at the UN, Zionism’s in-Palestine political and 
military leaders met in Tel Aviv to formally adopt PLAN DALET, the 
blueprint with operational military orders for the ethnic cleansing of 
Palestine.


They did not and never would refer to the crime they authorised as 
ethnic cleansing. Their euphemism for it was “transfer”.


As noted in an excellent anniversary briefing paper by IMEU (the 
American-founded Institute for Middle East Understanding), from the 
earliest days of modern political Zionism its advocates grappled with 
the problem of creating a Jewish majority state in a part of the world 
where Palestinian Arabs were the overwhelming majority of the population.


The earliest insider information we have on Zionism’s thinking is from 
the diary of Theodor Herzl, the founding father of Zionism’s 
colonial-like enterprise. He wrote:


“We shall try to spirit the penniless population across the border by 
procuring employment for it in the transit countries, while denying it 
any employment in our own country… expropriation and the removal of the 
poor must be carried out discreetly and circumspectly.”


Those words were committed to paper by Herzl in 1895 but they were not 
published (in other words they were suppressed) until 1962.


By August 1937 “transfer” was a discreet but hot topic for discussion at 
the 20th Zionist Congress in Zurich, Switzerland. All in attendance were 
aware that the process of dispossessing the Palestinian peasants (the 
fellahin) mainly by purchasing land from absentee owners had been 
underway for years. Referring to this David Ben-Gurion, who would become 
Israel’s first prime minister, said:



“You are no doubt aware of the (Jewish National Fund’s) activity in this 
respect. Now a transfer of a completely different scope will have to be 
carried out. In many parts of the country new settlement will not be 
possible without transferring the Arab fellahin…Jewish power (in 
Palestine), which grows steadily, will also increase our possibilities 
to carry out this transfer on a large scale.”


A year later Ben-Gurion told a meeting of the Jewish Agency that he 
supported compulsory transfer. He added:


“I don’t see anything immoral in it.”

In my view that’s a most revealing statement. It tells us – does it not? 
– that Ben-Gurion, the Zionist state’s founding father, was a man with 
no sense of what was morally right and wrong.


Joseph Weitz was the director of the Jewish National Fund’s Lands 
Department which was responsible for acquiring the land for Zionism’s 
enterprise in Palestine. One of his diary entries for December 1940 
reads as follows:


“There is no way besides transferring the Arabs from here to the 
neighbouring countries, and to transfer all of them, save perhaps for 
(the Arabs of) Bethlehem, Nazareth and Old Jerusalem. Not one village 
must be left, not one (Bedouin) tribe. And only after this transfer will 
the country be able to absorb millions of our brothers and the Jewish 
problem will cease to exist. There is no other solution.”


Plan Dalet called for:

“Mounting operations against enemy population centres located inside or 
near our defensive system in order to prevent them from being used as 
bases by an active armed force. These operations can be divided into the 
following categories:


“Destruction of villages – setting fire to, blowing up, and planting 
mines in the debris – especially those population centres which are 
difficult to control continuously.


“Mounting search and control operations according to the following 
guidelines: encirclement of the village and conducting a search inside 
it. In the event of resistance, the armed force must be destroyed and 
the population must be expelled outside the borders of the state.”


Before the Zionist state declared itself to be in existence on 14 May 
1948, more than 200 Palestinian villages had already been emptied and 
about 175,000 Palestinians were already refugees. Some had fled in fear; 
others were expelled by Zionist forces.


The prime fear factor was the slaughter by Zionist terrorists of more 
than 100 Palestinian men, women and children at Deir Yassin near 
Jerusalem. As Arthur Koestler was to write, the “bloodbath” at Deir 
Yassin was “the psychologically decisive factor in the spectacular 
exodus of the Arabs from the Holy Land and the creation of the 
Palestinian refugee problem.”


It was, however, Menachem Begin, Zionism’s terror master and 

[Biofuel] The Bolivarian Revolution, History Has Not Ended in Latin America

2013-03-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34241.htm

The Bolivarian Revolution
History Has Not Ended in Latin America

By Melkulangara BHADRAKUMAR

March 10, 2013 Information Clearing House - History, evidently, has 
not ended in Latin America. Amidst the «sequester» storm battering the 
Washington political circuit incessantly, United States President Barack 
Obama could still see a silver lining among the dark heavy clouds and he 
scrambled to express an interest in a «constructive relationship» with 
Venezuela. Hardly had President Hugo Chavez breathed his last.


But Obama who is never lost for words sounded uncharacteristically curt 
and seemed unsure how to necessarily phrase his offer of condolences. 
The US political elites somewhat made up for it -- the elites who are so 
polarized that they may not even agree that the earth rotates around the 
sun closed ranks immediately to peer through the binoculars at faraway 
Caracas and cry 'Land, ho!'


Chavez evokes strong feelings in the American mind. The Republicans on 
the Hill gloated that it is a good thing that Chavez died. Both the 
Democrats and the Republicans visualize that a chance has turned up to 
put behind the long period of strained US-Venezuelan ties and open a new 
page.


However, as the day wore on, the US state department stepped in to hold 
a special briefing, which gave a nuanced American reaction, perhaps in 
an attempt to finesse the intemperate political outbursts of the 
Congressmen as well as to convey a complex set of signals to the 
leadership in charge in Caracas...


Devoid of rhetoric, the state department briefing signaled Washington's 
readiness to deal with post-Chavez Venezuela, but with the important 
caveat that the presidential election should be held within 30 days as 
mandated under the constitution; it should provide a «level playing 
field» for the opposition to participate; and, it should be held in a 
free and fair manner with foreign observers who would need to be 
convinced that «democratic principles» have been adhered to.


The unnamed senior state department officials lamented that Chavez made 
a practice of using Uncle Sam as a «foil, using us as sort of a straw 
man that could be attacked», and they admitted «just how difficult it's 
been to try and have the positive relationship with Venezuela that we'd 
like... a productive, more functional relationship».


They repeatedly identified specific areas where there could be mutual 
interest, «where our [American and Venezuelan] interests coincide» -- 
counter-narcotics, counterterrorism, trade and economic ties, energy. 
They said the US will «see if there's any space to work these things... 
if there's space to do so on their [Venezuelan] side, then we'll find 
out» -- although, «at least initially, I don't see this changing very 
much.» On the whole, therefore, the US will adopt a «step-by-step 
process during which we will continue to speak out and to defend the 
democratic principles... we've set out sort of a roadmap, if you will, 
of the way we'd like to do this, a sort of step-by-step process.»


Reading between the lines, the Obama administration is groping for a way 
forward, given the high probability that Chavez's right hand man and 
Vice President, Nicolas Maduro might be the dominant power to emerge in 
the forthcoming presidential election.


Washington will pursue a twin-track approach to him by piling pressure 
on the pretext of its concern for «democratic principles» while looking 
for an opening for a «constructive relationship». This is a well-honed 
approach that US has deployed over time not only in Latin America but 
elsewhere too. But whether it will work in today's Venezuela remains to 
be seen. Chavez's departure does not mean the end for the Left in 
Venezuela. Nor can the US administration overlook the huge political 
significance of the allegiance openly expressed by the Venezuelan 
military to Maduro.


Playing the long game

Clearly, leftism has deeply penetrated the Venezuelan society and in the 
short term at least, Maduro will inherit the mantle of leadership. The 
Venezuelan opposition, which broadly represents the interests of the 
middle class, lacks the clout today to tilt the prevailing balance of 
power in its favor. Even detractors would admit that Chavez repeatedly 
secured legitimate mandates to rule through genuinely democratic 
elections. In short, the US's «roadmap» and «step-by-step process» will 
aim on the one hand to rattle the Maduro government so as to compel/coax 
it to «constructively» respond to Washington's overtures while on the 
other hand play the long game.


The two chilling expressions words in the entire state department 
briefing -- «roadmap» and «step-by-step process» -- would suggest that 
Uncle Sam has every intention to discredit Chavisomo, the teachings of 
Chavez, now that the bizarrely compelling populist socialist gadfly of 
immense charisma has vacated the stage. Evidently, 

[Biofuel] US Criminal Propensity Justifies North Korea's Nukes

2013-03-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34242.htm



US Criminal Propensity Justifies North Korea's Nukes

By Finian Cunningham

March 10, 2013 Information Clearing House -  The Democratic People's 
Republic of Korea stands out. But it is not because the secretive 
Stalinist regime is a nuclear pariah threatening global security, as the 
Western corporate media would have us believe.


No, North Korea stands out for being a beacon of rationality and, 
incredible as it may seem, peace.


Bear in mind the following features:

No other state on earth has endured a trade embargo or a gamut of 
diplomatic, financial and economic sanctions more than North Korea. For 
more than 63 years, since the beginning of the Korean War (1950-53), the 
DPRK has been frozen out of normal relations with other international 
states because of a trade embargo imposed by Washington. This illegal 
straightjacket has been tightened several times down through the decades 
with resolutions and sanctions implemented by the UN Security Council - 
the latest being instigated last Friday.


Iran has endured more than 30 years of US-led sanctions, while Cuba has 
had to live with five decades of a US-led blockade. North Korea, 
therefore, has the dubious distinction of being the country that has 
been most cut off from the international community and all the vital 
opportunities that come with such normal contact for beneficialdevelopment.


The latest round of sanctions at the UN, initiated once again by the US, 
aims to make all remaining international conduct by North Korea next to 
impossible. As well as complete blackout of financial transactions, 
North Korea's shipping and air transport are to be impounded if they do 
not comply with unilateral inspections at any point.


The second distinguishing feature of North Korea is that no other state 
has been threatened on more occasions with nuclear annihilation. Not 
even Iran, despite despicable threats from the US and Israel, can 
out-claim North Korea on this level of criminal aggression towards its 
people.


All threats of nuclear extinction made against North Korea have come 
from one source - the United States of America. On just one of these 
nefarious occasions, in 1995, former US Joint Chiefs of Staff General 
Colin Powell quipped that North Korea would be turned into a charcoal 
briquette.


Yet in the Orwellian world of Western governments and their dutiful news 
media, reality is turned upside down. Selective amnesia and selective 
reporting convey the public image that it is North Korea who is the 
aggressor and insane nuclear threat while the US is the voice of reason, 
peace and legality.


This past week, Western media have quickly highlighted North Korea's 
threats of pre-emptive nuclear strikes against South Korea and its 
American patron following the latest round of UN sanctions. The subtle 
bias inculcates the notion that North Korea is some kind of crazed 
pariah, while the US and its South Korean ally are as innocent as white 
doves.


Britain's Guardian newspaper headlined: North Korea urged to halt 
'provocative actions' in wake of sanctions. While CNN reported: Even 
by North Korean standards, the threats this week by leader Kim Jong Un 
have been incredibly provocative, making the situation on the Korean 
Peninsula more worrisome.


The Guardian quoted a White House spokesman saying: North Korea's 
threats are not helpful. We have consistently called on North Korea to 
improve relations with its neighbours, including South Korea.


One would never guess the true nature of the conflict on the Korean 
Peninsula and its very real threat to global security from a reading of 
the Western mainstream media. All history of the Korean conflict has 
been whitewashed of salient facts.


Take just the recent history over the last months. The latest sanctions 
imposed on North Korea are said to be in response to the DPRK's 
underground nuclear bomb test on 12 February. But that test was carried 
out after the country was threatened with sanctions in January following 
its successful launch of a long-range missile into outer space in 
December. That missile was not armed, threatened no-one and helped put a 
civilian satellite into orbit. Quite an achievement that should be 
lauded not condemned as the action of a criminal miscreant state.


What we have here is a long cycle of US-led provocation and North Korean 
counter-provocation. But the dynamic is only ever presented as an 
irrational series of provocations by Pyongyang.


The nuclear test last month by the DPRK is its third. Previously, there 
were tests in 2009 and 2006. Both the Obama administrations and its 
George W Bush predecessors have scuttled disarmament negotiations 
between North Korea and China on one side and the US, South Korea and 
Japan on the other.


Contrary to the spin put out by Washington and the Western media, North 
Korea has engaged fully in earlier talks, but every time it is the 

[Biofuel] Iraq May Be Broken, But It Is Our Political Class That Is Bankrupted

2013-03-10 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34236.htm

Iraq May Be Broken, But It Is Our Political Class That Is Bankrupted

Virtually nothing has been learned, and now history is repeating itself

By George Galloway

March 10, 2013 Information Clearing House - The Independent --   The 
finest of all journalists in the English-speaking world, Claud Cockburn, 
said:


Believe nothing until it has been officially denied. This basic rubric 
of the trade was all but abandoned a decade ago in the run-up to the war 
on Iraq, when every official claim was assumed to be true and those who 
denied it were treated as bad, or even mad. One honourable exception was 
Cockburn's son, Patrick, in The Independent, an exception continued in 
his magisterial look back in anger in this newspaper over the past week. 
If journalism is history's first draft, then Patrick Cockburn's work on 
Iraq will prove to be close to the finished article.


I mention this not just because I remain bitter at the role of the 
fourth estate in helping to bring about such slaughter and, a decade 
later, such ongoing misery in Iraq. But because virtually nothing has 
been learned, and history is repeating itself over and over again -- in 
Libya, Mali, Syria.


Bob Dylan said in Stuck Inside of Mobile With the Memphis Blues Again 
that you have to pay to get out of, going through all this twice 
For the most part, the bill continues to be paid by others, and 
elsewhere. For now.


Even for someone with my experience, such militarised mendacity can 
still take the breath away. How many times did you read and listen in 
the past few days to pontificating pundits tell you that Hugo Chavez had 
wrecked the Venezuelan economy, without a whiff of self-consciousness 
about the state of our own and that of the United States? That Chavez's 
Venezuela was a divided society; as if Bush, Obama, Cameron, and 
Osborne led governments of national unity?


To briefly recap; a huge right-wing conspiracy was mounted 10 years ago 
to manufacture a case to wage aggressive war (pace Nuremberg, the 
ultimate crime) upon Iraq. It involved government ministers (some 
still swilling around profitably in the detritus they created); 
intelligence agencies and the spin doctors controlling them; craven 
parliamentarians scarcely worthy of the name; and a veritable army of 
scribblers, autocue readers, laptop bombardiers and think-tankers.


Add a sprinkling of useful idiots calling themselves liberals, and the 
blue touchpaper was lit. A million died, thousands of them British and 
American. Millions spread as refugees around the world. A country was 
dismembered, never to be reassembled. Extremism cascaded around the 
world, blowing itself up even aboard London buses.


The whole humanitarian show is best remembered in the pictures from 
Abu Ghraib. A female American soldier, cigarette dangling from her 
curling lip, leading a hooded naked Iraqi prisoner like a dog on a 
chain. Piling naked helpless Iraqi prisoners on top of each other and 
forcing them to commit indecent acts, videoing it all for the 
entertainment of the barracks later. Those tempted to imagine this was 
American exceptionalism should read the proceedings of the London court 
this week where, inter alia, we learned of the Iraqi corpse who may or 
may not have walked into British custody alive, but who surely was 
handed back to his family minus his penis. It doesn't get much uglier 
than this, especially when it's all dressed up in the livery of liberal 
intervention.


Millions of us knew that it would end this way, even before it became 
clear that the entire conspiracy was built on the tower -- bigger than 
Babel -- of lies around weapons of mass destruction. There were none. 
But the weapons of mass deception deployed by the conspirators remain in 
fine fettle. And none of them has even been properly inspected yet. No 
one has been held to account; not a single head has rolled. Except those 
of a million Iraqis.


When the Chilcot Inquiry was announced, I denounced it in Parliament as 
a parade of establishment duffers, two of whom at least had been among 
the intellectual authors of the disaster, one of whom had described Bush 
and Blair as the Roosevelt and Churchill de nos jours. I pointed out 
that there was not a single legal personality on the Inquiry, or a 
soldier. And not a Douglas Hurd or a Menzies Campbell among them either. 
That no one could be summoned, nor their papers either. That no one 
would be testifying under oath. That must have been three years ago now. 
Little did I know that the Chilcot report would be as slow in coming as 
the judgement day.


Iraq is broken now, and as Cockburn's recent reports show, Iraqi hearts 
haven't mended either. It was a disaster, the greatest British policy 
failure since the First World War.


But for as long as its lessons are not learned, the Iraqis will not be 
the last such victims. The Iraq war bankrupted the British and American 

[Biofuel] US-British Al Qaeda Airlift: 3, 000 Tons of Weapons Fuel Syria's Destruction

2013-03-09 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34226.htm

*US-British Al Qaeda Airlift: 3,000 Tons of Weapons Fuel Syria's 
Destruction


By Tony Cartalucci

*March 09, 2013 Information Clearing House 
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/*-***(LD 
http://landdestroyer.blogspot.mx/2013/03/us-british-al-qaeda-airlift-3000-tons.html#more) 
- The primary reason, we are told, that the West must immediately begin 
wider operations to support the so-called Syrian rebels, is to head off 
extremists, namely Al Qaeda, from overrunning Syria. This narrative has 
been sold for nearly a year now, as it has become evidently clear that 
all major offensives in Syria against the Syrian people and their 
government have been led by Al Qaeda terrorist fronts, including most 
notoriously, Jabhat al-Nusra.


It turns out, however, according the London Telegraph, that the US and 
Britain have already been arming terrorists operating in Syria for some 
time, including a massive airlift of 3,000 tons of weapons, sent across 
Syria's borders with Jordan and NATO-member Turkey. In the Telegraph's 
article titled, US and Europe in 'major airlift of arms to Syrian 
rebels through Zagreb' 
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/syria/9918785/US-and-Europe-in-major-airlift-of-arms-to-Syrian-rebels-through-Zagreb.html, 
it is reported:


   It claimed 3,000 tons of weapons dating back to the former
   Yugoslavia have been sent in 75 planeloads from Zagreb airport to
   the rebels, largely via Jordan since November

   The story confirmed the origins of ex-Yugoslav weapons seen in
   growing numbers in rebel hands in online videos, as described last
   month by The Daily Telegraph and other newspapers, but suggests far
   bigger quantities than previously suspected.

   The shipments were allegedly paid for by Saudi Arabia at the bidding
   of the United States, with assistance on supplying the weapons
   organised through Turkey and Jordan, Syria's neighbours. But the
   report added that as well as from Croatia, weapons came from
   several other European countries including Britain, without
   specifying if they were British-supplied or British-procured arms.

   British military advisers however are known to be operating in
   countries bordering Syria alongside French and Americans, offering
   training to rebel leaders and former Syrian army officers. The
   Americans are also believed to be providing training on securing
   chemical weapons sites inside Syria.

With so much admitted involvement in the violence aimed at overthrowing 
Syria's government by the West, it is inconceivable that Al Qaeda could 
be overrunning moderate forces in Syria, unless of course, no such 
moderate forces exist, and the West had planned from the beginning to 
use Al Qaeda as a mercenary force. And indeed, that is precisely what is 
happening. It has been established with documented evidence since at 
least 2007, and reaffirmed with this latest report.



Pulitizer Prize-winning journalist Seymour Hersh, in his 2007 New Yorker 
report titled, The Redirection: Is the Administration's new policy 
benefiting our enemies in the war on terrorism? 
http://www.newyorker.com/reporting/2007/03/05/070305fa_fact_hersh?currentPage=allstated 
explicitly that:


   To undermine Iran, which is predominantly Shiite, the Bush
   Administration has decided, in effect, to reconfigure its priorities
   in the Middle East. In Lebanon, the Administration has coöperated
   with Saudi Arabia's government, which is Sunni, in clandestine
   operations that are intended to weaken Hezbollah, the Shiite
   organization that is backed by Iran. The U.S. has also taken part in
   clandestine operations aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A
   by-product of these activities has been the bolstering of Sunni
   extremist groups that espouse a militant vision of Islam and are
   hostile to America and sympathetic to Al Qaeda. 

Is there any doubt that the US has executed this plot in earnest, arming 
and funding sectarian extremists sympathetic to Al Qaeda on both 
Syria's northern and southern border? Where else, if not from the West 
and its regional allies, Israel, Saudi Arabia and Qatar, could 
extremists be getting their weapons, cash, and logistical support from?


And of course, Syria's borders with Jordan and Turkey have been long-ago 
identified by the US Army's own West Point Combating Terrorism Center 
(CTC) as hotbeds of sectarian extremist/Al Qaeda activity - hotbeds that 
the West is purposefully funneling thousands of tons of weaponry 
through, while disingenuously claiming it is attempting to prevent such 
weapons from falling into the hands of extremists.


The CTC's 2007 report, Al-Qa'ida's Foreign Fighters in Iraq 
http://www.scribd.com/doc/111001074/West-Point-CTC-s-Al-Qa-ida-s-Foreign-Fighters-in-Iraq, 
identified Syria's southeastern region near Dayr Al-Zawr on the 
Iraqi-Syrian border, the northwestern region of Idlib near the 
Turkish-Syrian 

[Biofuel] Exposed, US and Europe in 'Major Airlift of Arms to Syrian Rebels Through Zagreb'

2013-03-09 Thread robert and benita rabello

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article34222.htm


*Exposed
US and Europe in 'Major Airlift of Arms to Syrian Rebels Through Zagreb'*

The United States has coordinated a massive airlift of arms to Syrian 
rebels from Croatia with the help of Britain and other European states, 
despite the continuing European Union arms embargo, it was claimed 
yesterday.


*By Richard Spencer, Middle East Correspondent*

March 09, 2013 Information Clearing House 
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/*-* The Telegraph 
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/syria/9918785/US-and-Europe-in-major-airlift-of-arms-to-Syrian-rebels-through-Zagreb.html 
--   Decisions by William Hague, the Foreign Secretary, to provide 
non-lethal assistance and training, announced in the past week, were 
preceded by much greater though less direct Western involvement in the 
rebel cause, according to a Croat newspaper.


It claimed 3,000 tons of weapons dating back to the former Yugoslavia 
have been sent in 75 planeloads from Zagreb airport to the rebels, 
largely via Jordan since November.


The story confirmed the origins of ex-Yugoslav weapons seen in growing 
numbers in rebel hands in online videos, as described last month by The 
Daily Telegraph and other newspapers, but suggests far bigger quantities 
than previously suspected.


The shipments were allegedly paid for by Saudi Arabia at the bidding of 
the United States, with assistance on supplying the weapons organised 
through Turkey and Jordan, Syria's neighbours. But the report added that 
as well as from Croatia, weapons came from several other European 
countries including Britain, without specifying if they were 
British-supplied or British-procured arms.


British military advisers however are known to be operating in countries 
bordering Syria alongside French and Americans, offering training to 
rebel leaders and former Syrian army officers. The Americans are also 
believed to be providing training on securing chemical weapons sites 
inside Syria.


President Barack Obama has been lukewarm about arming Syrian rebels 
though many of his aides have been privately been keener.


The story in the Jutarnji List newspaper gave the fullest details yet of 
the arms shipments which have enabled rebel forces to begin advancing 
across the north of Syria in recent weeks, after months of stalemate.


The weapons, including rocket launchers, recoil-less guns and the M79 
anti-tank weapon, have been seen in rebel hands in numerous videos, and 
were first spotted by an arms expert Eliot Higgins, who blogs under the 
name Brown Moses. He traced them moving from Dera'a in the south, near 
the Jordanian border, to Aleppo and Idlib provinces in the north.


Western officials told the New York Times that the weapons had been 
bought from Croatia by Saudi Arabia, and that they had been funnelled to 
rebel groups seen by the west as more secular and nationalist.


The British involvement fits with the government's policy of doing all 
it can to help the rebels within the EU arms embargo, which was modified 
but not dropped at the start of this month. Croatia, a close western 
ally, does not join the EU until July 1 and has yet to implement the 
relevant EU legislation, though it has denied the newspaper's claims.


The claims were denied by the Foreign Office. While the Foreign 
Secretary has ruled out no options for the future, the UK has not 
supplied weapons to the Syrian opposition, a spokesman said. This 
would be a clear breach of the current EU arms embargo.


According to the Croat newspaper, the first cargo planes involved with 
the shipment were from Turkey, but most have been from Jordanian 
International Air Cargo, whose Russian-made Ilyushin jets have been seen 
regularly at Zaghreb airport in recent months.


The airlift of dated but effective Yugoslav-made weapons meets key 
concerns of the West, and especially Turkey and the United States, who 
want the rebels to be better armed to drive out the Assad regime but 
fear ultra-modern weaponry getting into the hands of jihadists and the 
PKK Kurdish terror group.


Nevertheless, Mr Higgins has recently posted videos showing some of the 
Croat weapons in the hands of the jihadist group Ahrar al-Sham.


Although regarded as hostile to the West, it fights closely with other 
Free Syrian Army units regarded as acceptable recipients of weapons.


--
Robert Luis Rabello
Adventure for Your Mind
http://www.newadventure.ca

Meet the People video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txsCdh1hZ6c

Crisis video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZedNEXhTn4

The Long Journey video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vy4muxaksgk

___
Sustainablelorgbiofuel mailing list
Sustainablelorgbiofuel@lists.sustainablelists.org
http://lists.eruditium.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/sustainablelorgbiofuel


  1   2   3   4   5   >